WEST PHARMACEUTICAL SERVICES INC
10-K, 1999-05-06
FABRICATED RUBBER PRODUCTS, NEC
Previous: AVISTA CORP, SC 13G/A, 1999-05-06
Next: WESTERN DIGITAL CORP, 424B3, 1999-05-06









                                    UNITED STATES
                          SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                                Washington, D.C. 20549

                                      FORM 10-K

                       ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR
                     15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

                     For the fiscal year ended December 31, 1998 
                                              ----------------
                            Commission File Number 1-8036
                                                  ---------
                    WEST PHARMACEUTICAL SERVICES, INC.                  
                    --------------------------------------
                (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

                Pennsylvania                              23-1210010       
          ------------------------------------          -------------------
          (State or other jurisdiction of                 (I.R.S. Employer 
           incorporation or organization)            Identification Number)


          101 Gordon Drive, PO Box 645, Lionville, PA          19341-0645  
          ---------------------------------------------    ----------------
          (Address of principal executive offices)             (Zip Code)  

          Registrant's telephone number, including area code  610-594-2900  
                                                             ----------


          Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

            Title of each class   Name of each exchange on which registered
          -----------------------------------------------------------------
          Common Stock, par value    New York Stock Exchange               
              $.25 per share

          Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

                                         None
                                         ----
          Indicate by check mark  whether the registrant (1) has  filed all
          reports  required to  be  filed by  Section  13 or  15(d)  of the
          Securities Exchange Act  of 1934 during  the preceding 12  months
          (or for such shorter  period that the registrant was  required to
          file  such  reports), and  (2) has  been  subject to  such filing
          requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes  X .  No    .
                                                   ---     ---
          Indicate  by  check  mark  if  disclosure  of  delinquent  filers
          pursuant to Item 405  of Regulation S-K is not  contained herein,
          and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge,
          in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by
          reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to
          this Form 10-K.    

          <PAGE>
          As of March 17, 1999, the Registrant had 15,099,072 shares of its
          Common  Stock outstanding.  The market value of Common Stock held
          by  non-affiliates  of  the  Registrant   as  of  that  date  was
          $514,312,140.

          Exhibit Index appears on pages F-1, F-2, F-3, and F-4.

          <PAGE>





                         DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
                         ------------------------------------
          Documents   incorporated  by   reference:  1)  portions   of  the
          Registrant's Annual Report to Shareholders for the Company's 1998
          fiscal  year  (the  "1998  Annual Report  to  Shareholders")  are
          incorporated by reference in Parts I  and II; and (2) portions of
          the   Registrant's   definitive  Proxy   Statement   (the  "Proxy
          Statement") are incorporated by reference in Part III.

          <PAGE>

                                                                          2

                                        PART I

          Item l.   Business
                    --------

                                     The Company
                                     -----------


          West Pharmaceutical Services,  Inc. (formerly  The West  Company,
          Incorporated)  applies  value-added  services to  the  process of
          bringing  new drug  therapies and  healthcare products  to global
          markets.  West's technologies include the design and  manufacture
          of   packaging  components  for  pharmaceutical,  healthcare  and
          consumer products; the research and development of drug  delivery
          systems, and contract laboratory services and other services that
          support   the   manufacturing,    filling   and   packaging    of
          pharmaceutical, healthcare  and consumer products.  The Company's
          activities are  organized in  three  operating segments:  1)  the
          Device Product  Development segment (consisting of  four regional
          business units serving global markets) designs, manufactures, and
          sells  stoppers,   closures,   medical  device   components   and
          assemblies  made  from elastomers,  metal and  plastics;   2) the
          Contract  Services  segment  (consisting  of two  business  units
          serving  the  United States  and  Puerto  Rico markets)  provides
          contract manufacturing  and  contract packaging  services to  the
          pharmaceutical   and  personal   care  industries   and  contract
          laboratory services  for testing injectable  drug packaging;  and
          3) the Drug Delivery Research and Development segment (consisting
          of two  business units)  identifies  and develops  drug  delivery
          systems for biopharmaceutical  and other drugs  to improve  their
          therapeutic  performance and/or  their method  of administration.
          As of December  31, 1998,  the Company and  its subsidiaries  had
          4,800 employees.

          The Company, a Pennsylvania business corporation, was founded  in
          1923.   The executive  offices of the Company  are located at 101
          Gordon Drive, PO  Box 645, Lionville,  Pennsylvania   19341-0645,
          approximately 35  miles from Philadelphia.   The telephone number
          at the Company's executive  offices is 610-594-2900.  As  used in
          this  Item,  the  term  "Company"  includes  West  Pharmaceutical
          Services,  Inc. and  its  consolidated subsidiaries,  unless  the
          context otherwise indicates.

                              Device Product Development
                                  Principal Products
               --------------------------------------------------------

          Pharmaceutical Stoppers
          -----------------------
          The Company is  the world's largest  independent manufacturer  of
          stoppers  for  sealing   drug  vials  and  other   pharmaceutical
          containers. Several hundred  proprietary formulations are  molded
          from natural  rubber and synthetic  elastomers into a  variety of



                                                                          3

          stopper  sizes,  shapes and  colors.   The  stoppers are  used in
          packaging serums, vaccines, antibiotics, anesthetics, intravenous
          solutions and other drugs.  

          Most stopper formulations are specially designed to be compatible
          with  drugs so that the drugs will remain effective and unchanged
          during storage.  New rubber compounds must be tested to show that
          they  do  not leach  into the  customer's  product or  affect its
          potency,   sterility,  effectiveness,  color  or  clarity.    The
          Company's   laboratories     conduct   tests  to   determine  the
          compatibility of  its stoppers with customers' drugs  and, in the
          United  States, file  formulation information  with the  Food and
          Drug   Administration  in   support   of   customers'  new   drug
          applications.

          Stoppers usually are washed, sterilized and subject to other pre-
          use  processes by the customer  or a third-party  before they are
          fitted  on the  container.   However,  the  Company has  recently
          introduced a value-added line of stoppers that are pre-washed and
          ready to  be sterilized, eliminating several  steps in customers'
          incoming processes.  The Company is also marketing a line of pre-
          sterilized  stoppers   that  can  be  introduced   directly  into
          customers' sterile drug-filling operations.

          Metal Seals
          -----------
          The Company also offers a broad line of aluminum seals in various
          sizes,  shapes and colors.   The seals are  crimped onto glass or
          plastic pharmaceutical  containers to hold the  stoppers securely
          in place. The top of aluminum seals often contains tamper-evident
          tabs or plastic covers, which must be removed before the drug can
          be withdrawn.  

          Some  aluminum seals are sold with specially formulated rubber or
          elastomeric discs  pre-fitted inside  the  seal.   These  "lined"
          seals may  be placed directly onto  the pharmaceutical container,
          thus eliminating the need for a separate stopper.

          Other Products
          ---------------
          Other products for the pharmaceutical industry include:

                Products  used in  the packaging  of  non-injectable drugs
                 such as  rubber dropper bulbs, plastic  contraceptive drug
                 packages and  child-resistant and  tamper-evident  plastic
                 closures

                Plastic  bottles  and  containers  for the  pharmaceutical
                 industry 

                Rubber and  plastic  components for  empty and  pre-filled
                 disposable syringes  such  as plungers,  hubs  and  needle
                 covers



                                                                          4

                Blood-sampling system  components, including  vacuum  tube
                 stoppers and needle  valves, and a  number of  specialized
                 rubber and plastic  components for blood-analyzing systems
                 and other medical devices

                Disposable infant nursers and individual nurser components

          The Company  also  manufactures  a wide  range  of  standard  and
          custom-designed  plastic  threaded caps  and  containers for  the
          personal-care industry.  The caps, produced mainly for  cosmetics
          and toiletries,  come in  many  different sizes  and colors.  The
          Company  also makes  closures for  food and  beverage processors.
          The Company  focuses its efforts on  multiple-piece closures that
          require high-speed assembly.


          Product Development
          ------------------------
          The Company  maintains  its  own  laboratories  for  testing  raw
          materials  and finished  goods to  assure conformity  to customer
          specifications  and to  safeguard  product quality.    Laboratory
          facilities  are  also  used  for  development  of  new  products.
          Engineering staffs are responsible for product and tooling design
          and testing  and for the  design and  construction of  processing
          equipment.    In  addition,   a  corporate  product   development
          department   develops  new   packaging   and   device   concepts.
          Approximately 120  professional employees were engaged  full time
          in  these  activities  in  1998.    Development  and  engineering
          expenditures for the creation and application of new and improved
          device  products and  manufacturing processes  were approximately
          $9.2 million in  1998, $8.8 million in  1997 and $8.9 million  in
          1996, net of cost reimbursements by customers.   

          Recent Developments
          -------------------
          The Company has taken  steps to expand its product  offerings and
          improve   competitiveness  of  its   Device  Product  Development
          operating segment.

          The Company  increased its capacity  in the components  area with
          the acquisition of Schubert  Seals A/S, a Danish  manufacturer of
          rubber  components   and  metal  seals   servicing  the  European
          pharmaceutical industry.   A 51% ownership  interest was acquired
          in  May  1994 and  the  remaining  49%  in December  1995.    The
          company's  name  was  recently  changed to  "West  Pharmaceutical
          Services Danmark A/S."  

          In 1996 and 1997,  the Company implemented a major  restructuring
          plan  announced  in  1996.  The  plan  included  the  closing  or
          downsizing of  six manufacturing facilities, withdrawal  from the
          machinery  business  and  an  approximate  5%  reduction  in  the
          workforce.   The restructuring  was designed to  reduce the costs
          associated with multiple plant sites and shift certain production
          capacity  to  lower-cost  locations.    In  1998,  a  further  1%



                                                                          5

          reduction in the  workforce, made possible  by manufacturing  and
          other  operating  efficiencies,   was  announced.     (Additional
          information  pertaining  to these  activities is  incorporated by
          reference  to  the  Note  "Restructuring  Charges"  of  Notes  to
          Consolidated Financial Statements  of the 1998  Annual Report  to
          Shareholders.)

          In 1998, the Company acquired Betraine Limited, a company located
          in  the  U.K.,  which  manufactures  precision  injection  molded
          plastic components for  the healthcare  and consumer  industries.
          The  acquisition  expanded  global   capabilities  in  the   non-
          injectable market.

                                  Contract Services
                                  Principal Services
                           --------------------------------

          Contract Packaging and Contract Manufacturing
          ---------------------------------------------
          The Company entered  into the pharmaceutical  services market  in
          1995 with  its acquisition of Paco  Pharmaceutical Services, Inc.
          ("Paco").      Paco's  name   was   recently   changed  to   West
          Pharmaceutical Services Lakewood, Inc. (West Lakewood).  

          West Lakewood  provides contract  manufacturing and packaging  of
          products  for  pharmaceutical  and  consumer-products  companies.
          With its  flexible manufacturing environment and  workforce, West
          Lakewood has  the  capability to  quickly undertake  to make  and
          package  products according to customers' specifications, usually
          employing customer-supplied raw materials.  Once the operation is
          complete, West  Lakewood delivers  the  finished product  to  the
          customer for final sale and distribution to the end user.  

          Customers  typically use  West Lakewood  services on  a temporary
          basis  to   supplement  their  own   manufacturing  or  packaging
          capability   during  a   new-product   introduction  or   special
          promotion.    However,    West  Lakewood  does  retain  long-term
          business  in both  the manufacturing and  packaging areas.   West
          Lakewood  operates  facilities  in   Lakewood,  New  Jersey   and
          Canovanas, Puerto Rico.  

          West Lakewood contract packaging and manufacturing processes  and
          services are subject to the Good Manufacturing Practice standards
          applicable to the  pharmaceutical industry as well as to numerous
          other federal  and  state  laws  and  regulations  governing  the
          manufacture, handling and packaging of drugs and other  regulated
          substances.  

          West   Lakewood   manufactures   liquids   and   creams,  solids,
          suspensions, and powders.  These products produced include:

                headache and cold medications

                skin lotions



                                                                         6

                deodorants

                toothpaste and mouthwash

                metaproterenol and albuterol, products used for inhalation
                 therapy.

          West  Lakewood  contract-packaging services  include  the design,
          assembly and filling of a broad variety of packages, including 

                "blister"  packages  (i.e.,  a plastic  film  with a  foil
                 backing)

                 bottles and tubes

                 laminated and other flexible pouches or strip packages

                 aluminum and plastic liquid cup containers

                 paperboard specialty packages 

                 innovative tamper-evident and child-resistant packages

          Although the type of  package depends on the requirements  of the
          customer,  blister packaging  or bottles  typically are  used for
          tablets  and capsules  while aluminum  or plastic  cups, pouches,
          bottles and  tubes are  used for  liquids, creams,  ointments and
          powders.  

          Contract Laboratory Services
          -----------------------------
          In 1998, the Company established the contract laboratory services
          business,  which provides testing  services to analyze customers'
          injectable product  packaging.  Regulatory agencies  require drug
          companies  to  demonstrate  that  packaging  components  will not
          contaminate the  drug.  The  test data  is generated in  a format
          acceptable  for   U.S.  Food   and   Drug  Administration   (FDA)
          submissions.     The  services  offered  include  product/closure
          interaction testing,  extractables testing, moisture  analysis of
          closures,  particle  quantification/analysis,  quantification  of
          closure  surface  silicone,  and  other  custom  services.    The
          Company's laboratory complies  with applicable Good Manufacturing
          Practice standards and its laboratory will be FDA registered.

                               Research and Development
                                Drug Delivery Systems
              ---------------------------------------------------------

          In 1993,  the Company began developing  drug-delivery systems for
          bio-pharmaceuticals  and  other  drugs   that  are  difficult  to
          administer  effectively through  traditional  injectable or  oral
          routes.   Improving the therapeutic performance of these drugs in
          an economical fashion calls for sophisticated delivery solutions.



                                                                          7

          To  advance the  Company's  efforts in  this  area, in  1994  the
          Company began acquiring interests in DanBioSyst UK Ltd. (DBS)  in
          10% annual  increments; and in March 1998, acquired the remaining
          70%  ownership interest,  making DBS  a  wholly-owned subsidiary.
          DBS is a research  company located in Nottingham,  England, which
          specializes in identifying and developing systems for delivery of
          complex drug molecules,  or to  assist in delivering  drugs to  a
          specific site  in the body.   DBS engages in research  to develop
          these unique systems and  then patents this technology.   DBS has
          patents  or  patent applications  covering  a  range of  delivery
          platforms   including  nasal,  oral,  parenteral,  pulmonary  and
          rectal/vaginal.        DBS    enters   into    agreements    with
          biopharmaceutical and other drug companies, to apply its delivery
          system technology to the customers' drug  molecule to achieve the
          desired result.  

          The   Company's  Lionville-based   resources  are   dedicated  to
          development of drug  delivery systems.  This  group's work, until
          recently,  was focused on the  Ocufit SR  system,  a silicone rod
          small  enough to  fit behind the  eyelid.   The Ocufit  SR can be
          designed  to release  a number  of different drugs  in predefined
          quantities over  time periods ranging  from two weeks  to several
          months without physical  intervention.   The Ocufit  SR is  being
          jointly developed with  Escalon Medical  Corporation, which  owns
          the  basic technology.  An Investigative New Drug Application was
          filed  with the FDA  late in 1998, and  Escalon is now conducting
          Phase  I clinical trials.  The Lionville group is also developing
          products based on DBS patented technology.   The current projects
          relate to  nasal delivery of leuprolide and  morphine and further
          development  of  the Targit   delivery  system,  a coated  starch
          capsule, designed to deliver medication to a specific site in the
          body.

          The Company had 58 employees directly engaged in these activities
          as of December 31, 1998 and total expenses were $5.3 million, net
          of revenues received, in 1998.


                                    Order Backlog
                                    --------------
          Device  product  orders  on  hand  at   December  31,  1998  were
          approximately  $90  million,   compared  with  approximately  $80
          million at  the end of 1997.  Orders on hand include those placed
          by customers for manufacture over a period of time according to a
          customer's schedule or upon confirmation by the customer.  Orders
          are generally  considered firm  when  goods are  manufactured  or
          orders  are   confirmed.    The  Company   also  has  contractual
          arrangements with a number of its customers, and products covered
          by  these contracts are included in the Company's backlog only as
          orders are received from those customers.

          West Lakewood's twelve-month backlog of  unfilled customer orders
          was  approximately $18 million at  December 31, 1998 and December
          31, 1997.  Backlog is defined by West Lakewood  as orders written



                                                                          8

          and included in production schedules  during the next 12  months.
          Such orders generally  may be cancelled  by the customer  without
          penalty.

                                    Raw Materials
                                    --------------

          The  Company uses three basic raw materials in the manufacture of
          its device products: rubber; aluminum;  and plastic.  The Company
          has been receiving adequate supplies of raw materials to meet its
          production  needs, and  it foresees  no  significant availability
          problems in the near future.  

          The Company is pursuing a supply chain management strategy, which
          involves purchasing from integrated  suppliers that control their
          own sources  of supply.  This strategy  has reduced the number of
          raw-materials  suppliers used by the Company.  In some cases, the
          Company  will purchase  raw  materials from  a  single source  to
          assure  quality and reduce  costs.   This strategy  increases the
          risks that the Company's  supply lines may be interrupted  in the
          event  of a supplier production problem.  These risks are managed
          by selecting suppliers with  multiple manufacturing sites, rigid-
          quality control  systems,  surplus  inventory  levels  and  other
          methods  of  maintaining    supply  in  case  of interruption  in
          production. 


                                 Patents and Licenses
                                ---------------------
          The Company's device  products patents and  trademarks have  been
          useful  in establishing  the Company's  market share  and in  the
          growth of the Company's manufactured device product business  and
          may continue to be of value  in the future, especially in view of
          the  Company's  continuing  development of  its  own  proprietary
          products.   Nevertheless,  the  Company  does  not  consider  its
          current manufactured  device product business or  its earnings to
          be materially dependent upon any single patent or trademark.

          Although not material at this time, the Company believes its drug
          delivery  development  capabilities  will  play  an  increasingly
          important role  in the future.   DBS  has a growing  portfolio of
          patented  technology, which is critical to  our success because a
          significant amount  of future  income is expected  to be  derived
          from licensing this technology to customers.

                                   Major Customers
                                  -----------------
          The  Company  provides   manufactured  device  components  and/or
          contract   services   to   major   pharmaceutical   and  hospital
          supply/medical  device  companies,  many of  which  have  several
          divisions with separate purchasing responsibilities.  The Company
          also   provides  contract-packaging   and  contract-manufacturing
          services for  many of the leading  manufacturers of personal-care
          products.   The Company  distributes  its products  and  services



                                                                          9

          primarily through  its  own sales  force but  also uses  regional
          distributors in the United States and Asia/Pacific.  The business
          units have  separate sales forces  but the Company  is increasing
          the sales  effort  of each  group to  sell all  of the  Company's
          capabilities.

          Becton Dickinson and Company ("B-D") accounted for  approximately
          12%  of the Company's 1998 consolidated net sales.  The principal
          products sold to B-D are  synthetic rubber, natural rubber, metal
          and plastic  components used  in  B-D's disposable  syringes  and
          blood  sampling  and analysis  devices.  The  Company expects  to
          continue as a major B-D supplier.

          Excluding  B-D,  the next  ten  largest  customers accounted  for
          approximately 30%  of the  Company's  consolidated net  sales  in
          1998, but no one of these customers accounted for more than 5% of
          1998 consolidated net sales.

                                     Competition
                                     ------------
          The Company  competes with several  companies, some of  which are
          larger  than  the  Company,  across  its  major  Device   Product
          Development product lines.  In addition, many companies worldwide
          compete with the Company for business related to specific product
          lines.   However, the Company  believes that it  supplies a major
          portion  of  the  U.S.  market  requirements  for  pharmaceutical
          elastomer and metal  packaging components and  has a  significant
          share of the European market for these components.  

          Because of the special  nature of these products, competition  is
          based primarily on product design and performance, although total
          cost is  becoming increasingly  more important as  pharmaceutical
          companies initiate aggressive  cost-control measures across their
          entire operations.   Competitors  often compete on  the basis  of
          price.  The Company differentiates itself from its competition as
          a "full-service"  supplier, which  is  able to  provide  pre-sale
          compatibility  studies and other services and sophisticated post-
          sale technical support on a global basis. 

          The Company competes against numerous competitors in the field of
          plastic closures for consumer products, many  of which are larger
          than the Company and command dominant market shares.  The Company
          attempts to  differentiate itself through its  expertise in high-
          speed assembly of multiple-piece closures.

          The U.S. contract-packaging and manufacturing service industry is
          highly  competitive.    For  packaging  services,  West  Lakewood
          competes with  three significant companies, only two of which are
          larger  than  it.    For  contract-manufacturing  services,  West
          Lakewood competes with four major competitors and several smaller
          regional companies; several of these competitors are larger  than
          it.  In addition, most domestic pharmaceutical companies maintain
          in-house manufacturing  and packaging  capabilities and at  times
          will offer their excess capacity  to manufacture or package other



                                                                         10

          companies'  products on a  contract basis.   However,  most large
          pharmaceutical   and   personal    healthcare   companies    have
          traditionally  made  extensive  use  of  contract  packagers  and
          manufacturers   during   times   of  peak   demand,   during  the
          introduction of a new  product and for production of  samples and
          special product promotions.

          Many companies provide proprietary  drug delivery technologies to
          the pharmaceutical and  biotech markets.   However, unlike  West,
          the majority of these companies are focused on a  single route of
          drug administration, and very few have capabilities necessary  to
          take drug  products through all stages of the development process
          and  commercial manufacture.   The  three largest  companies, the
          market  leaders, have  multiple-delivery technologies,  but their
          strong  franchises  are   in  oral,  controlled-release  delivery
          systems.   West's drug  delivery technologies, none  of which  is
          currently  in  commercial  production,  are in  less  competitive
          segments that do not compete with the market leaders.  

                              Environmental Regulations 
                 ---------------------------------------------------
          The  Company  does not  believe that  it  will have  any material
          expenditures relating to  environmental matters other  than those
          discussed in the Note "Commitments and Contingencies" of Notes to
          Consolidated Financial Statements  of the 1998  Annual Report  to
          Shareholders, incorporated by reference herein.


                                    International
                                   ---------------

          The   Note   "Affiliated   Companies"  and   the   Note  "Segment
          Information" of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements of the
          1998  Annual Report  to Shareholders  are incorporated  herein by
          reference.

          The  Company believes  that its  international business  does not
          involve a  substantially greater business risk  than its domestic
          business. Financial crises  in the Asia/Pacific  region and  more
          recently in our major markets in South America have resulted in a
          decline in demand  for the Company's  products in these  regions;
          however,  direct  sales  to  customers  in  these  markets   have
          historically not been significant, representing less than 10%  of
          consolidated sales.  

          The  Company's financial  condition and  results are  impacted by
          fluctuations in  exchange-rate  markets (See  Notes  "Summary  of
          Significant Accounting  Policies - Foreign  Currency Translation"
          and "Other  Income (Expense)" of Notes  to Consolidated Financial
          Statements   of  the   1998   Annual   Report  to   Shareholders,
          incorporated herein  by reference).   Hedging by  the Company  of
          these exposures is  discussed in the Note "Debt" and  in the Note
          "Financial   Instruments"  of  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial



                                                                         11

          Statements   of  the   1998   Annual   Report  to   Shareholders,
          incorporated herein by reference.


          Item 2.   Properties
                    -----------
          In the Device Product Development operating segment, the  Company
          maintains  nine  manufacturing  plants  and  two  mold  and   die
          production facilities  in the  United  States, one  manufacturing
          plant in Puerto Rico,  and a total of eight  manufacturing plants
          and two  mold and die production facilities  in Germany, England,
          France, Denmark, Brazil and Singapore.  

          In the Contract Services operating segment, the Company maintains
          one facility in the United States and one facility in Puerto Rico
          to   provide  contract  manufacturing   and  packaging  services.
          Contract  Laboratory  services are  provided  from  the Company's
          Lionville, Pennsylvania facility.

          The Company's  executive offices,  U.S. research  and development
          center  and pilot  plant  are located  in  a leased  facility  at
          Lionville, Pennsylvania,  about 35 miles from  Philadelphia.  The
          Company conducts  drug delivery  research  and development  in  a
          leased  facility located  in  Nottingham, England.     All  other
          company facilities are used  for manufacturing and  distribution,
          and facilities in  Eschweiler, Germany are  also used for  device
          product development activities.  

          The production facilities of the Company are well-maintained, are
          operating  generally  on  a two-  or  three-shift  basis  and are
          adequate for the Company's present needs.

          The principal facilities in the United States and Puerto Rico are
          as follows:

          -  Approximately 839,000 square  feet of owned and 997,000 square
             feet of  leased space  in Pennsylvania,  New Jersey,  Florida,
             Nebraska, North Carolina and Puerto Rico. 

          The principal international facilities are as follows:

          -  Approximately  530,000 square feet  of owned  space and 67,700
             square feet of leased space  in Germany, England,  Denmark and
             France.  

          -  Approximately 69,000 square feet of owned space in Brazil. 

          -  Approximately 92,000 square feet of owned space in Singapore.

            Of the aforementioned currently owned facilities, approximately
          354,000 square  feet  are  subject  to mortgages  to  secure  the
          Company's real estate  mortgage notes.   See the  Note "Debt"  of
          Notes  to Consolidated  Financial Statements  of the  1998 Annual

                                                                         12

          Report to Shareholders, which information  is incorporated herein
          by reference.

             Sales  office  facilities in  separate  locations  are  leased
          under short-term arrangements.

             The Company also holds for sale former  manufacturing facility
          space in Puerto Rico - totaling 42,000 square feet.



          Item 3.   Legal Proceedings.
                    -----------------
          None

                                                                         13


          Item 4.   Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders
                    ---------------------------------------------------
          None.

          Item 4 (a) Executive Officers of the Registrant
                 -----------------------------------------

          The  executive officers of the Company at  March 31, 1999 were as
          follows:
          <TABLE>
          <CAPTION>
          <S>                   <C> <C>
          Name                  Age Business  Experience  During Past  Five
                                    Years
          ----                  --- ---------------------------------------
          George R. Bennyhoff1  55  Senior Vice  President, Human Resources
                                    and Public Affairs.

          Jerry E. Dorsey1      54  President  and Chief  Operating Officer
                                    since   September    1998,   previously
                                    Executive  Vice   President  and  Chief
                                    Operating  Officer  from  June 1994  to
                                    August   1998;  Group   President  from
                                    August  1993  to June  1994; President,
                                    Health Care  Division from May  1992 to
                                    July 1993 for the Company.

          Steven A. Ellers1     48  Senior   Vice   President   and   Chief
                                    Financial  Officer  since  March  1998;
                                    previously Group  President from August
                                    1997 to February  1998; Corporate  Vice
                                    President,  Sales  from  April 1996  to
                                    July  1997; Vice  President, Operations
                                    from  June  1994  to March  1996;  Vice
                                    President  Asia/Pacific   and  Managing
                                    Director,  Singapore  from May  1990 to
                                    May 1994 for the Company.


          John R. Gailey III1   44  Vice  President  since  December  1995,
                                    General  Counsel  since  May  1994  and
                                    Secretary. 

          Stephen M. Heumann1   57  Vice  President  since  May   1994  and
                                    Treasurer. 

          Lawrence P. Higgins1  59  Vice  President,  Operations since  May
                                    1996 and prior  to joining the  Company
                                    an  international  business  consultant
                                    from  1994  to  1996  and  Senior  Vice
                                    President International Operations  for
                                    Revlon,  Inc.,   a  cosmetics  company,
                                    from 1992 to 1994.


          1  Holds  position as corporate officer  elected by the  Board of
          Directors for one year term.

                                                                         14




          Name                  Age Business  Experience  During Past  Five
                                    Years
          ----                  --- ---------------------------------------
          William G. Little1    56  Chairman  of the Board  since May 1995,
                                    Director  and  Chief Executive  Officer
                                    for  the Company  and President  of the
                                    Company until September 1998.

          Donald E. Morel, Jr.1 41  Group   President  since   March  1998;
                                    previously,  Corporate Vice  President,
                                    Scientific  Services  from May  1995 to
                                    February 1998; Vice President, Research
                                    &  Development from August  1993 to May
                                    1995   and   prior   thereto   Director
                                    Research  &  Development,  Health  Care
                                    Products  Division  from  May  1993  to
                                    August 1993 for the Company.

          Anna Mae Papso1       55  Vice President and Corporate Controller

          Anthony A. Sinkula    61  Vice  President  and  Chief  Scientific
                                    Officer  since July  1998 and  prior to
                                    joining  the  Company  a consultant  to
                                    several major  pharmaceutical companies
                                    and the National Cancer Institute.




          </TABLE>


          1  Holds  position as corporate officer  elected by the  Board of
          Directors for one year term.

                                                                         15

                                       PART II

          Item 5.   Market  for  Registrant's  Common  Equity  and  Related
                    Stockholder Matters
                    --------------------------------------------------

          The  Company's common  stock  is listed  on  the New  York  Stock
          Exchange  and the  high and  low prices  for  the stock  for each
          calendar quarter in 1998 and 1997 were as follows:
          <TABLE>
          <CAPTION>

   <S>       <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>
                First        Second       Third       Fourth
               Quarter       Quarter     Quarter      Quarter        Year
              High  Low    High   Low   High  Low    High  Low    High   Low  
      1998    321/4 2815/16   33     28     30   25    3511/16  27   3511/16   25 
      1997    291/4  27     30    27    343/16  281/2 351/16   28    351/16   27 
   </TABLE>

          As  of December 31, 1998,  the Company had  1,903 shareholders of
          record.   There were also  2,900 holders of  shares registered in
          nominee  names.   The  Company's  common stock  paid  a quarterly
          dividend of $.14 per share in each of the first three quarters of
          1997; $.15  per share in the  fourth quarter of 1997  and each of
          the  first three  quarters of  1998; and  $.16 per  share in  the
          fourth quarter of 1998.  


          Item 6. Selected Financial Data.
                  -----------------------
          Information  with  respect to  the  Company's  net sales,  income
          (loss) from consolidated operations, income (loss) before  change
          in accounting  method, income (loss) before  change in accounting
          method per share (basic and assuming dilution) and dividends paid
          per  share  is  incorporated  by  reference  to  the  line  items
          corresponding  to those  categories under  the  heading "Ten-Year
          Summary - Summary  of Operations"  of the 1998  Annual Report  to
          Shareholders. Information with respect  to total assets and total
          debt is incorporated by reference to the line items corresponding
          to  those categories under the  heading "Ten-Year Summary - Year-
          End   Financial  Position"   of   the  1998   Annual  Report   to
          Shareholders.

          Item 7. Management's   Discussion   and  Analysis   of  Financial
                  Condition and Results of Operations.
                  ---------------------------------------------------------
          The information  called  for  by  this Item  is  incorporated  by
          reference to the text appearing in the "Financial Review" section
          of the 1998 Annual Report to Shareholders.

          Item 7A.  Quantitative  and Qualitative  Disclosure about  Market
          Risk 
                   --------------------------------------------------------
          The  information  called for  by  this  Item is  incorporated  by
          reference to  the  Notes  "Financial  Instruments",  "Summary  of
          Significant  Accounting   Policies"  of  Notes   to  Consolidated
          Financial Statements of the 1998 Annual Report to Shareholders.

                                                                         16

          Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.
                  -------------------------------------------
          The information  called  for  by  this Item  is  incorporated  by
          reference  to  "Consolidated  Financial  Statements",  "Notes  to
          Consolidated  Financial Statements", and "Quarterly Operating and
          Per  Share  Data  (Unaudited)"  of  the  1998  Annual  Report  to
          Shareholders.


          Item 9.  Changes  in   and  Disagreements   With  Accountants   on
                   Accounting and Financial Disclosure.
                   -------------------------------------------------------

          None.


                                       PART III

          Item 10. Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant.
                   ---------------------------------------------------
          Information called for by this Item is incorporated  by reference
          to "PROPOSAL #1: ELECTION OF DIRECTORS" and "OWNERSHIP OF COMPANY
          STOCK" in the Proxy Statement.


          Information about executive officers of the Company is set  forth
          in Item 4 (a) of this report.

          Item 11. Executive Compensation.
                   -----------------------
          Information  called for by this Item is incorporated by reference
          to  "INFORMATION   ABOUT  THE   BOARD  AND  BOARD   COMMITTEES  -
          Compensation of Directors";  "BOARD COMPENSATION COMMITTEE REPORT
          ON EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION"; and  "COMPENSATION OF NAMED EXECUTIVE
          OFFICERS" contained in the Proxy Statement.

          Item 12. Security  Ownership  of  Certain  Beneficial  Owners and
                   Management.
                   ---------------------------------------------------
          Information  called for by this Item is incorporated by reference
          to "OWNERSHIP OF COMPANY STOCK" contained in the Proxy Statement.

          Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.
                   -----------------------------------------------
          None
                                       PART IV

          Item 14. Exhibits, Financial  Statement Schedules and  Reports on
                   Form 8-K.
                   -------------------------------------------------------


          (a)  1.   The   following   report  and   consolidated  financial
                    statements,  included  in  the  1998  Annual  Report to
                    Shareholders,   have   been   incorporated  herein   by
                    reference:

                                                                    17

                 Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended
                 December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996


                 Consolidated    Statements   of   Comprehensive
                 Income for the  years ended December 31,  1998,
                 1997 and 1996 

                 Consolidated  Balance Sheets at December 31, 1998 and
                 1997 

                 Consolidated Statements of  Shareholders' Equity  for
                 the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996

                 Consolidated Statements of  Cash Flows for  the years
                 ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996

                 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

                 Report of Independent Accountants

          (a) 2.    Supplementary Financial Information

                 Schedules  are omitted  because they  are either  not
                 applicable, not required or  because the  information
                 required is  contained in the consolidated  financial
                 statements or notes thereto.  

          (a)  3.   See Index to Exhibits  on pages F-1, F-2,  F-3 and
                    F-4 of this Report.

          (b)    There were  no  reports  on  Form  8-K filed  by  the
                 Company in the fourth quarter of 1998.

          (c)    The  exhibits are listed in the  Index to Exhibits on
                 pages F-1, F-2, F-3 and F-4 of this Report.

          (d)    Financial  Statements  of   affiliates  are   omitted
                 because they do not meet  the tests of a  significant
                 subsidiary at the 20% level.

                                                                    18


                                      SIGNATURES

          Pursuant  to the  requirements  of Section  13  or 15(d)  of  the
          Securities Exchange  Act of 1934,  West Pharmaceutical  Services,
          Inc. has  duly caused this report  to be signed on  its behalf by
          the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.







                                      WEST PHARMACEUTICAL SERVICES, INC.
                                                  (Registrant)


                                      By /s/ Steven A. Ellers        
                                      --------------------------------
                                      Steven A. Ellers
                                      Senior Vice President
                                      and Chief Financial Officer  


                                      March 31, 1999                
                                      --------------------------------
                                      Date


                                                                    

   Pursuant to the requirements  of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this
   report has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities
   and on the dates indicated.
   <TABLE>
   <CAPTION>
   <S>                                    <C>
         Signature                       Title                   Date
        ---------                        ------                 -------
               William G. Little        Chairman, Director    March 31, 1999
   ---------------------------------    and Chief Executive 
   William G. Little                    Officer
     (Principal Executive Officer)


                Tenley E. Albright      Director               March 31, 1999
   -----------------------------------
   Tenley E. Albright *


                John W. Conway          Director               March 31, 1999
   ___________________________________
   John W. Conway*
    

                George W. Ebright        Director              March 31, 1999
   ------------------------------------
   George W. Ebright*

                Steven A. Ellers         Senior Vice President March 31, 1999
   ------------------------------------  and Chief Financial 
   Steven A. Ellers                      Officer


             L. Robert Johnson           Director              March 31, 1999
   ------------------------------------
   L. Robert Johnson*


              William H. Longfield       Director              March 31, 1999
   --------------------------------------
   William H. Longfield*


                                                                        20


         Signature                         Title                   Date
        ---------                          ------                 -------
              John P. Neafsey              Director            March 31, 1999
   --------------------------------------
   John P. Neafsey*


                 Anna Mae Papso             Vice President     March 31, 1999
   --------------------------------------   and Corporate Controller
   Anna Mae Papso
          (Principal Accounting Officer)


                                            Director           March 31, 1999
   ---------------------------------------
   Monroe E. Trout


                Anthony Welters              Director          March 31, 1999
   ---------------------------------------
   Anthony Welters*


                J. Roffe Wike, II            Director           March 31, 1999
   ---------------------------------------
   J. Roffe Wike, II*

                Geoffrey F. Worden           Director           March 31, 1999
   ----------------------------------------
   Geoffrey F. Worden*

   </TABLE>

   *  By William G. Little pursuant to a power of attorney.

                                                                         21

                                  INDEX TO EXHIBITS
   <TABLE>
   <CAPTION>
   <S>  <C>  <C>
   Exhibit
   Number

   (3) (a)   Amended  and  Restated  Articles  of Incorporation  of  the
             Company through January 4, 1999. 

   (3) (b)   Bylaws of the Company, as amended through October 27, 1998,
             incorporated  by   reference  to  Exhibit   (3)(b)  to  the
             Company's  Form 10-Q  for the  quarter ended  September 30,
             1998 (File No. 1-8036).

   (4) (a)   Form of stock certificate for common stock.

   (4) (b)   Flip-In Rights  Agreement between the Company  and American
             Stock Transfer &  Trust Company, as Rights  Agent, dated as
             of January 16, 1990, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1
             to the Company's Form  8-A Registration Statement (File No.
             1-8036).

   (4) (c)   Flip-Over Rights Agreement between the Company and American
             Stock Transfer & Trust Company,  as Rights Agent, dated  as
             of January 16, 1990, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2
             to the Company's Form  8-A Registration Statement (File No.
             1-8036).

   (9)       None.

   (10) (a)  Lease  dated   as  of   December  31,  1992   between  Lion
             Associates, L.P. and the Company,  relating to the lease of
             the Company's headquarters in Lionville,  Pa., incorporated
             by reference to  the Company's Annual  Report on Form  10-K
             for the year ended December 31, 1992 (File No. 1-8036).

   (10) (b)  First  Addendum to Lease dated  as of May  22, 1995 between
             Lion  Associates, L.P.  and  the  Company, incorporated  by
             reference to the  Company's Annual Report on Form  10-K for
             the year ended December 31, 1995 (File No. 1-8036).

   (10) (c)  Long-Term  Incentive  Plan,  as  amended   March  2,  1993,
             incorporated by reference to the Company's Annual Report on
             Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1992 (File No. 1-
             8036).

   (10) (d)  Amendments to the Long Term Incentive Plan, dated April 30,
             1996, incorporated  herein by  reference  to the  Company's
             Form  10Q for the quarter ended  June 30, 1996 (File No. 1-
             8036).

   (10) (e)  Executive Incentive Bonus Plan 1999.

                                                                                22

                                        F - 1

   Exhibit
   Number

   (10) (f)  Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee Directors,
             reflecting  amendments effective  April 30, 1996  and April
             28,  1998  incorporated  by  reference   to  the  Company's
             Quarterly Report on Form  10-Q for the quarter ended  March
             31, 1998 (File No. 1-8036).

   (10) (g)  Form of amended and  restated agreement between the Company
             and  certain of  its  executive  officers, incorporated  by
             reference to  the Company's  Quarterly Report on  Form 10-Q
             for the quarter ended March 31, 1998 (File No.1-8036).

   (10) (h)  Schedule   of   agreements    with   executive    officers,
             incorporated herein by reference to the Company's Quarterly
             Report on Form  10Q for  the quarter ended  March 31,  1998
             (File No.1-8036).

   (10) (i)  Supplemental  Employees'  Retirement Plan,  incorporated by
             reference  to the Company's Annual  Report on Form 10-K for
             the year ended December 31, 1989 (File No. 1-8036).

   (10) (j)  Amendment No. 1 to Supplemental Employees' Retirement Plan,
             incorporated by reference to the Company's Annual Report on
             Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995 (File No. 1-
             8036).

   (10) (k)  Amendment No. 2 to Supplemental Employees' Retirement Plan,
             incorporated by reference to the Company's Quarterly Report
             on  Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 1995 (File
             No. 1-8036).

   (10) (l)  Retirement Plan for Non-Employee Directors  of the Company,
             as amended April 28, 1998, incorporated by reference to the
             Company's  Quarterly Report  on Form  10-Q for  the quarter
             ended March 31, 1998 (File No. 1-8036).

   (10) (m)  Employment Agreement dated May 20, 1991 between the Company
             and  William G.  Little, incorporated  by reference  to the
             Company's  Annual Report on  Form 10-K  for the  year ended
             December 31, 1991 (File No. 1-8036). 

   (10) (n)  Non-Qualified  Deferred  Compensation  Plan for  Designated
             Executive Officers and Amendments Nos. 1 and 2 thereto. 

   (10) (o)  Non-qualified  Deferred  Compensation   Plan  for   Outside
             Directors and Amendment No. 1 thereto.

                                                                                23


                                        F - 2

   Exhibit
   Number

   (10) (p)  Lease  Agreement,  dated  August  31,  1978,  between  Paco
             Packaging, Inc. and  Nineteenth Lakewood Corp., as  amended
             by  Amendment of  Lease,  dated November  30, 1978,  Second
             Amendment of  Lease, dated August 6,  1979, Third Amendment
             of  Lease,  dated July  24,  1980 and  Fourth  Amendment of
             Lease, dated August 14,  1980, incorporated by reference to
             the   Exhibits  to  Paco   Pharmaceutical  Services,  Inc's
             Registration  Statement on  Form S-1, Registration  No. 33-
             48754, filed with the Commission.

   (10) (q)  Fifth  Amendment of Lease, dated May 13, 1994, to the Lease
             Agreement, dated  August 31, 1978, between  Paco Packaging,
             Inc.   and  Nineteenth  Lakewood   Corp.,  incorporated  by
             reference to the Exhibits  to Paco Pharmaceutical Services,
             Inc.'s  Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March
             31, 1994 (File number 0-20324).

   (10) (r)  Lease  Agreement,  dated  December  9,  1977, between  Paco
             Packaging, Inc. and New Oak Street Corp., as amended by the
             Amendment to Lease Agreement, dated August 31, 1978, Second
             Amendment of Lease, dated April 8, 1979 and Third Amendment
             of  Lease,  dated   November  16,  1983,   incorporated  by
             reference to the Exhibits to  Paco Pharmaceutical Services,
             Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form S-1, Registration No.
             33-48754, filed with the Commission.

   (10) (s)  Lease  Agreement, dated  April  7, 1986,  between Northlake
             Realty  Co. Inc. and  Paco Packaging,  Inc., as  amended by
             Amendment to Lease, dated July 1, 1986, Second Amendment of
             Lease, dated June 15, 1987 between Paco Packaging and C. P.
             Lakewood, L.  P., Agreement,  dated December 29,  1987, and
             Lease  Modification Agreement,  dated  December  13,  1989,
             incorporated  by   reference  to   the  Exhibits   to  Paco
             Pharmaceutical Services, Inc.'s  Registration Statement  on
             Form  S-1,  Registration  No.   33-48754,  filed  with  the
             Commission.

   (10) (t)  Collective Bargaining Agreement, dated December 1, 1997, by
             and between Paco Pharmaceutical Services, Inc. and Teamster
             Local 35 (affiliated with  the International Brotherhood of
             Teamsters),  incorporated by  reference  to  the  Company's
             Annual  Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
             1997 (File No.1-8036).

   (10) (u)  1998 Key Employee Incentive Compensation  Plan, dated
             March 10, 1998, incorporated by reference to the Company's
             Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
             December 31, 1997 (File No.1-8036).

   (10) (v)  Asset  Purchase  Agreement  Among   Collaborative  Clinical
             Research,  Inc., GFI Pharmaceutical Services, Inc., and WCE
             clinical Evaluations  and West Pharmaceuticals,  Inc. dated
             December 28, 1998.

                                                                                24


                                        F - 3
   Exhibit
   Number

   (11)      Not Applicable.

   (12)      Not Applicable.

   (13)      Portions of 1998 Annual Report to Shareholders.

   (16)      Not applicable.

   (18)      None.

   (21)      Subsidiaries of the Company.

   (22)      None.

   (23)      Consent of Independent Accountants.

   (24)      Powers of Attorney.

   (27)      Financial Data Schedules 

   (99)      None.
    

   </TABLE>









                                        F - 4 







                                    EXHIBIT A

                 AMENDED AND RESTATED ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
                      OF WEST PHARMACEUTICAL SERVICES, INC.

               1.   The name of the Corporation is West Pharmaceutical
          Services, Inc.

               2.   The  location  and  post  office  address  of  the
          Corporation's  registered  office  in  Pennsylvania  is  c/o
          Corporation Service Company,  319 Market Street, Harrisburg,
          PA 17101.

               3.   The   Corporation   is   incorporated  under   the
          Pennsylvania   Business  Corporation  Law   and  shall  have
          unlimited  power to  engage  in and  to  do any  lawful  act
          concerning   any   or   all   lawful   business,   including
          manufacturing,  processing,  research  and development,  for
          which   corporations   may   be   incorporated   under   the
          Pennsylvania Business Corporation Law.

               4.   The term for which the Corporation  is to exist is
          perpetual.

               5.   Capital Stock.  The  aggregate number of shares of
          capital stock which the  Corporation shall have authority to
          issue  is  53,000,000  shares, consisting  of  (i) 3,000,000
          shares  of  Preferred  Stock,   par  value  $.25  per  share
          ("Preferred  Stock") and  (ii) 50,000,000  shares of  Common
          Stock, par value $.25 per share ("Common Stock").

               The following  is  a  statement  of  the  designations,
          preferences  qualifications,  limitations, restrictions  and
          the special or  relative rights granted  to or imposed  upon
          the shares of each such class:

          Preferred Stock

                    (a)  Issue  in  Series.   Preferred  Stock may  be
          issued  from time to time  in one or  more series, each such
          series to have the terms stated herein and in the resolution
          of  the board  of directors  providing for  its issue.   All
          shares  of  any one  series  of  Preferred  Stock  shall  be
          identical, but shares of different series of Preferred Stock
          need not  rank  equally or  be identical  except insofar  as
          provided by law or hereunder.

                    (b)  Creation of Series.   The board of  directors
          shall have authority  by resolution to  cause to be  created
          one  or more series of Preferred Stock, and to determine and
          fix  with respect to each  series, prior to  the issuance of
          any shares of the series to which such resolution relates:

                         (i)  The   distinctive  designation   of  the
           <PAGE>

          series and  the number of shares which  shall constitute the
          series, which  number may be increased or decreased (but not
          below the  number of shares  then outstanding) from  time to
          time by action of the board of directors;

                         (ii) The  dividend  rate  and  the  times  of
          payment of dividends  on the shares  of the series,  whether
          dividends shall be cumulative, and, if so, from what date or
          dates;

                         (iii)     The price  or prices at  which, and
          the  terms and conditions on which, the shares of the series
          may be redeemed at the option of the Corporation;

                         (iv) Whether or not the  shares of the series
          shall  be entitled to the benefit of a retirement or sinking
          fund to be  applied to  the purchase or  redemption of  such
          shares and, if so  entitled, the annual amount of  such fund
          and  the  terms and  provisions  relative  to the  operation
          thereof;

                         (v)  Whether or not the  shares of the series
          shall be  convertible into,  or exchangeable for,  shares of
          any other series of the  same or any other class  or classes
          of stock  of  the  Corporation, and  if  so  convertible  or
          exchangeable, the  conversion price or prices,  or the rates
          of exchange, and any adjustments  thereof, if any, at  which
          such conversion or exchange may be made, and any other terms
          and conditions of such conversion or exchange;

                         (vi) The rights  of the shares of  the series
          in  the  event  of  voluntary  or  involuntary  liquidation,
          dissolution or winding up of the Corporation;

                         (vii)     Whether  or not  the shares  of the
          series  shall have priority over or parity with or be junior
          to the shares of any other series or class in any respect or
          shall be entitled to  the benefit of limitations restricting
          the issuance of shares  of any other series or  class having
          priority over or being  on a parity with the  shares of such
          series  in  any  respect,  or  restricting  the  payment  of
          dividends  on,  or  the  making of  other  distributions  in
          respect  of  shares of  any  other series  or  class ranking
          junior  to the  shares  of the  series  as to  dividends  or
          assets,  or restricting  the purchase  or redemption  of the
          shares of  any such junior series or class, and the terms of
          any such restrictions;

                         (viii)         Whether the  series shall have
          voting rights, in addition to the voting rights  provided by
          law, and, if so, the terms of such voting rights; and

                         (ix)      Any other preferences qualifications,
          privileges  and  other relative  or  special


         <PAGE>


          rights and limitations of that series.

                    (c)  Dividends.  Holders of Preferred  Stock shall
          be entitled to receive, when and as declared by the board of
          directors, out  of funds  legally available for  the payment
          thereof,  dividends  at the  rates  fixed  by  the board  of
          directors for the respective series, and no more, before any
          dividends  shall be  declared  and paid,  or  set apart  for
          payment, on Common Stock with  respect to the same  dividend
          period.

                    (d)  Preference on Liquidation.   In the event  of
          the  voluntary  or involuntary  liquidation,  dissolution or
          winding up  of the Corporation,  holders of  each series  of
          Preferred  Stock shall  be  entitled to  receive the  amount
          fixed  for such series  plus, in the  case of  any series on
          which dividends shall  have been determined by  the board of
          directors to be cumulative, an amount equal to all dividends
          accumulated  and  unpaid  thereon   to  the  date  of  final
          distribution whether  or not  earned or  declared.   If  the
          assets of  the Corporation  are not  sufficient to  pay such
          amounts in full,  holders of all  shares of Preferred  Stock
          shall participate  ratably in the distribution  of assets in
          proportion to the full amounts to which they are entitled or
          in such order or  priority, if any, as shall have been fixed
          in the resolution or  resolutions providing for the issuance
          of  the series of Preferred  Stock.  Neither  the merger nor
          consolidation  of the  Corporation  into or  with any  other
          corporation, nor a sale, transfer or lease of all or part of
          its assets, shall be deemed a liquidation of the Corporation
          within the meaning of this paragraph.

                    (e)  Redemption.  The Corporation at the option of
          the board of directors may redeem all or part of the  shares
          of any series of Preferred Stock on the terms and conditions
          fixed for such series.   In case of  the redemption of  less
          than  all  outstanding shares  of  any  series of  Preferred
          Stock, the shares to be redeemed shall be selected by lot or
          in such other manner as the board of directors determines.

                    (f)  Voting Rights.   Except as otherwise required
          by  law or as otherwise provided in any certificate creating
          any  series of Preferred Stock,  the holders of  such of the
          series  of  Preferred Stock,  if  any,  as shall  have  been
          granted such power pursuant  to any certificate creating any
          series of  Preferred Stock shall, together  with the holders
          of  Common Stock,  exclusively possess  voting power  in the
          election of  directors and for  all other purposes,  and the
          holders of the other series of Preferred Stock shall have no
          voting power and shall not be entitled to any notice  of any
          meeting of shareholders.

          Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock

          <PAGE> 



                    (a)  Designation and Amount.  There  shall  be   a
          series  of Preferred  Stock designated  as "Series  A Junior
          Participating Preferred  Stock" and the aggregate  number of
          shares constituting such series shall be 50,000.

                    (b)  Dividends and Distributions.

                         (i)  Subject to the prior and superior rights
          of  the holders  of any  shares of  any series  of Preferred
          Stock ranking prior and  superior to the shares of  Series A
          Junior  Participating   Preferred  Stock  with   respect  to
          dividends,  the  holders  of   shares  of  Series  A  Junior
          Participating Preferred  Stock shall be entitled to receive,
          when, as and if  declared by the board  of directors out  of
          funds legally available for the purpose, quarterly dividends
          payable  in  cash on  March 31,  June  30, September  30 and
          December 31 in each  year (each such date being  referred to
          herein as a  "Quarterly Dividend Payment  Date"), commencing
          on the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date after the first
          issuance  of a  share or  fraction of  a share  of Series  A
          Junior Participating Preferred Stock, in an amount per share
          (rounded  to the nearest cent)  equal to the  greater of (a)
          $10  or   (b)  subject  to  the   provision  for  adjustment
          hereinafter set  forth, 1,000 times the  aggregate per share
          amount of all  cash dividends, and 1,000 times the aggregate
          per share amount (payable in kind) of all non-cash dividends
          or  other distributions  other  than a  dividend payable  in
          shares of  Common Stock or a subdivision  of the outstanding
          shares of  Common Stock (by reclassification  or otherwise),
          declared on the Common Stock since the immediately preceding
          Quarterly  Dividend Payment  Date, or,  with respect  to the
          first Quarterly  Dividend  Payment  Date,  since  the  first
          issuance of  any share or  fraction of a  share of  Series A
          Junior  Participating Preferred  Stock.   In  the event  the
          Corporation shall  at any time  after January 16,  1990 (the
          "Rights  Declaration  Date")  (i) declare  any  dividend  on
          Common  Stock  payable  in  shares  of  Common  Stock,  (ii)
          subdivide the outstanding Common Stock, or (iii) combine the
          outstanding Common  Stock into  a smaller number  of shares,
          then in each such case the amount to which holders of shares
          of  Series  A  Junior  Participating  Preferred  Stock  were
          entitled immediately prior to such event under clause (b) of
          the preceding sentence shall be adjusted by multiplying such
          amount by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of
          shares of  Common Stock  outstanding immediately  after such
          event and the denominator  of which is the number  of shares
          of Common  Stock that were outstanding  immediately prior to
          such event.

                              (ii)   The  Corporation shall  declare a
          dividend   or   distribution   on   the   Series   A  Junior
          Participating Preferred  Stock as provided in  paragraph (i)
          above  immediately   after  it   declares   a  dividend   or
          distribution  on the  Common  Stock (other  than a  dividend

          <PAGE> 



          payable in shares  of Common Stock);  provided that, in  the
          event no  dividend or distribution shall  have been declared
          on the Common Stock during  the period between any Quarterly
          Dividend  Payment  Date and  the  next subsequent  Quarterly
          Dividend  Payment Date, a dividend  of $10 per  share on the
          Series   A  Junior   Participating  Preferred   Stock  shall
          nevertheless  be  payable   on  such  subsequent   Quarterly
          Dividend Payment Date.

                              (iii)     Dividends   shall   begin   to
          accrue and be cumulative  on outstanding shares of Series  A
          Junior  Participating  Preferred  Stock  from  the Quarterly
          Dividend Payment Date  next preceding the  date of issue  of
          such  shares  of  Series  A  Junior Participating  Preferred
          Stock, unless the  date of issue of such shares  is prior to
          the  record date  for the  first Quarterly  Dividend Payment
          Date,  in which case dividends on such shares shall begin to
          accrue  from the date of issue of such shares, or unless the
          date of issue is a Quarterly  Dividend Payment Date or is  a
          date after  the record date for the determination of holders
          of shares  of Series A Junior  Participating Preferred Stock
          in an amount less than the total amount of such dividends at
          the  time  accrued  and  payable  on  such  shares shall  be
          allocated  pro rata on a share-by-share basis among all such
          shares  at the time outstanding.  The Board of Directors may
          fix a record date for the determination of holders of shares
          of Series A Junior participating Preferred Stock entitled to
          receive  payment  of  a  dividend  or distribution  declared
          thereon, which record  date shall  be no more  than 30  days
          prior to the date fixed for the payment thereof.

                    (c)  Voting Rights. The   holders  of   shares  of
          Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall have the
          following voting rights:

                         (i)  Subject to the provision  for adjustment
          hereinafter  set  forth,  each  share  of  Series  A  Junior
          Participating  Preferred  Stock  shall  entitle  the  holder
          thereof to 1,000 votes on all matters submitted to a vote of
          the  shareholders  of the  Corporation.   In  the  event the
          Corporation shall  at any time after  the Rights Declaration
          Date (a)  declare any  dividend on Common  Stock payable  in
          shares of Common Stock, (b) subdivide the outstanding Common
          Stock, or  (c) combine the  outstanding Common Stock  into a
          smaller  number of shares, then in each such case the number
          of votes  per share to which  holders of shares  of Series A
          Junior   Participating   Preferred   Stock   were   entitled
          immediately  prior  to  such  event  shall  be  adjusted  by
          multiplying such number by a fraction the numerator of which
          is  the  number  of   shares  of  Common  Stock  outstanding
          immediately after such event and the denominator of which is
          the  number of shares of  Common Stock that were outstanding
          immediately prior to such event.

          <PAGE>



                         (ii) Except as otherwise  provided herein  or
          by  law,   the  holders  of   shares  of  Series   A  Junior
          Participating Preferred  Stock and the holders  of shares of
          common Stock shall vote together as one class on all matters
          submitted to a vote of shareholders of the Corporation.

                         (iii)     (A)  If  at  any time  dividends on
          any Series  A Junior Participating Preferred  Stock shall be
          in arrears in an amount equal to six (6) quarterly dividends
          thereon, the  occurrence of such contingency  shall mark the
          beginning  of a  period (herein  called a  "default period")
          which  shall extend  until such  time when  all accrued  and
          unpaid dividends for all previous quarterly dividend periods
          and for the current quarterly dividend period on  all shares
          of  Series  A  Junior  Participating  Preferred  Stock  then
          outstanding  shall have been declared  and paid or set apart
          for payment.   During  each default  period, all  holders of
          Preferred Stock  (including holders  of the Series  A Junior
          Participating Preferred Stock) with dividends  in arrears in
          an  amount equal  to  six (6)  quarterly dividends  thereon,
          voting as  a class, irrespective  of series, shall  have the
          right to elect two (2) directors.

                              (B)  During  any  default  period,  such
          voting right of the holders of Series A Junior Participating
          Preferred  Stock may  be  exercised initially  at a  special
          meeting  called  pursuant  to   subparagraph  (C)  of   this
          paragraph (c)(iii) or at any annual meeting of shareholders,
          and thereafter at annual  meetings of shareholders, provided
          that  neither such voting right nor the right of the holders
          of any other series of Preferred Stock, if any, to increase,
          in certain  cases, the authorized number  of directors shall
          be  exercised unless  the holders  of  ten percent  (10)% in
          number  of shares  of Preferred  Stock outstanding  shall be
          present in person  or by proxy.  The absence  of a quorum of
          the holders of Common Stock shall not affect the exercise by
          the holders of Preferred Stock of such voting right.  At any
          meeting  at  which  the  holders of  Preferred  Stock  shall
          exercise  such  voting right  initially  during an  existing
          default  period,  they shall  have  the right,  voting  as a
          class, to elect directors to fill such vacancies, if any, in
          the  board of  directors as  may then  exist up  to two  (2)
          directors or,  if  such  right is  exercised  at  an  annual
          meeting,  to elect two (2)  directors.  If  the number which
          may be so elected at any special meeting does not amount  to
          the  required number,  the  holders of  the Preferred  Stock
          shall have the right  to make such increase in the number of
          directors as  shall be necessary  to permit the  election by
          them  of  the required  number.   After  the holders  of the
          Preferred Stock  shall have  exercised their right  to elect
          directors in  any default period and  during the continuance
          of  such  period, the  number  of  directors  shall  not  be
          increased  or decreased  except by  vote of  the holders  of
          Preferred Stock as herein provided or pursuant to the rights

         <PAGE>



          of  any equity  securities ranking senior  to or  pari passu
          with the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock.

                              (C)  Unless  the  holders  of  Preferred
          Stock  shall,  during  an  existing   default  period,  have
          previously  exercised their  right to  elect  directors, the
          board  of  directors  may   order,  or  any  shareholder  or
          shareholders  owning  in the  aggregate  not  less than  ten
          percent  (10%) of the  total number  of shares  of Preferred
          Stock outstanding, irrespective of  series, may request, the
          calling  of a  special meeting  of the holders  of Preferred
          Stock,  which  meeting  shall  thereupon be  called  by  the
          President,  a  Vice-President  or   the  Secretary  of   the
          Corporation.   Notice  of  such meeting  and  of any  annual
          meeting  at which holders of Preferred Stock are entitled to
          vote pursuant  to this  subparagraph (C)  shall be given  to
          each holder of record  of Preferred Stock by mailing  a copy
          of  such notice  to  him at  his  last address  as  the same
          appears on the books of the Corporation.  Such meeting shall
          be called for a time not  earlier than 20 days and not later
          than 60 days  after such order or  request or in default  of
          the  calling of such meeting within 60 days after such order
          or  request, such meeting may be called on similar notice by
          any shareholder or shareholders  owning in the aggregate not
          less than ten percent (10%) of the total number of shares of
          Preferred Stock outstanding.  Notwithstanding the provisions
          of this subparagraph (C), no  such special meeting shall  be
          called   during  the  period   within  60  days  immediately
          preceding  the date fixed for the next annual meeting of the
          shareholders.

                              (D)  In any default period,  the holders
          of   Common  Stock,  and  other  classes  of  stock  of  the
          Corporation if applicable, shall  continue to be entitled to
          elect the  whole number  of directors  until the  holders of
          Preferred Stock  shall have  exercised their right  to elect
          two (2) directors voting  as a class, after the  exercise of
          which right (x) the  directors so elected by the  holders of
          Preferred   Stock  shall  continue  in  office  until  their
          successors shall have been elected by  such holders or until
          the expiration of the default period, and (y) any vacancy in
          the  board   of  directors   may  (except  as   provided  in
          subparagraph  (B) of  this paragraph  (c)(iii) be  filled by
          vote of  a majority  of the remaining  directors theretofore
          elected by the holders  of the class of stock  which elected
          the  director  whose   office  shall  have   become  vacant.
          References in this subparagraph  (D) to directors elected by
          the holders  of a  particular class  of stock  shall include
          directors  elected by  such directors  to fill  vacancies as
          provided in clause (y) of the preceding sentence.

                              (E)  Immediately upon  the expiration of
          a  default period, (x) the right of the holders of Preferred
          Stock as a  class to  elect directors shall  cease, (y)  the

          <PAGE>



          term of any  directors elected by  the holders of  Preferred
          Stock  as a  class shall  terminate, and  (z) the  number of
          directors shall be such number as may be provided for in the
          Articles  of  Incorporation or  Bylaws  irrespective of  any
          increase made pursuant to the provisions of subparagraph (B)
          of  this paragraph  (c)(iii)  (such  number  being  subject,
          however, to change  thereafter in any manner provided by law
          or  in  the  Articles  of Incorporation  or  Bylaws).    Any
          vacancies  in  the  board   of  directors  effected  by  the
          provisions of clauses (y) and (z) in the preceding  sentence
          may be filled by a majority of the remaining directors. 

                         (iv) Except as set  forth herein, holders  of
          Series A Junior participating  Preferred Stock shall have no
          special  voting  rights  and  their  consent  shall  not  be
          required (except  to the  extend they  are entitled to  vote
          with holders of Common Stock as set forth herein) for taking
          any corporate action.

                    (d)  Certain Restrictions

                         (i)  Whenever  quarterly  dividends or  other
          dividends or  distributions payable  on the Series  A Junior
          Participating Preferred  Stock as provided in  paragraph (b)
          are in arrears,  thereafter and until all accrued and unpaid
          dividends  and  distributions, whether  or not  declared, on
          shares  of  Series  A Junior  Participating  Preferred Stock
          outstanding shall  have been  paid in full,  the Corporation
          shall not

                              (A)  declare or pay  dividends on,  make
          any  other  distributions  on,  or  redeem  or  purchase  or
          otherwise  acquire  for consideration  any  shares  of stock
          ranking junior (either as  to dividends or upon liquidation,
          dissolution  or   winding  up)   to  the  Series   A  Junior
          Participating Preferred Stock;

                              (B)  declare or pay dividends on or make
          any  other distributions on any shares of stock ranking on a
          party  (either  as   to  dividends   or  upon   liquidation,
          dissolution  or  winding  up)   with  the  Series  A  Junior
          Participating Preferred Stock, except dividends paid ratably
          on the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock and all
          such  parity stock  on  which dividends  are  payable or  in
          arrears in  proportion  to the  total amounts  to which  the
          holders of all such shares are then entitled;

                              (C)  redeem  or  purchase  or  otherwise
          acquire for consideration shares  of any stock ranking  on a
          parity  (either   as  to  dividends  or   upon  liquidation,
          dissolution  or  winding  up)   with  the  Series  A  Junior
          Participating Preferred Stock, provided that the Corporation
          may at any time redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire shares
          of any such parity stock in exchange for shares of any stock


          <PAGE>


          of the Corporation ranking junior (either as to dividends or
          upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up) to the Series A
          Junior Participating Preferred Stock; or

                              (D)  purchase  or otherwise  acquire for
          consideration any  shares of  Series A Junior  Participating
          Preferred  Stock, or any shares of stock ranking on a parity
          with  the Series  A  Junior  Participating Preferred  Stock,
          except in accordance with a  purchase offer made in  writing
          or by publication (as determined by the board of  directors)
          to  all holders of such shares  upon such terms as the board
          of directors, after  consideration of the respective  annual
          dividend rates and other  relative rights and preferences of
          the respective  series and classes, shall  determine in good
          faith  will result in fair and equitable treatment among the
          respective series or classes.

                         (ii) the  Corporation  shall  not permit  any
          subsidiary  of  the  Corporation  to purchase  or  otherwise
          acquire  for  consideration  any  shares  of  stock  of  the
          Corporation  unless the  Corporation could,  under paragraph
          (d)(i), purchase  or otherwise  acquire such shares  at such
          time and in such manner.

                    (e)  Reacquired  Shares.   Any shares of  Series A
          Junior Participating Preferred  Stock purchased or otherwise
          acquired by  the Corporation in any  manner whatsoever shall
          be retired  and  cancelled promptly  after  the  acquisition
          thereof.   All  such  shares shall  upon their  cancellation
          become authorized but unissued shares of Preferred Stock and
          may be reissued  as part of a new series  of Preferred Stock
          to be created by  resolution or resolutions of the  board of
          directors,  subject  to the  conditions and  restrictions on
          issuance set forth herein.

                    (f)  Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up.

                         (i)  Upon   any  liquidation   (voluntary  or
          otherwise), dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, no
          distribution shall be made to the holders of shares of stock
          ranking junior (either as  to dividends or upon liquidation,
          dissolution  or   winding  up)   to  the  Series   A  Junior
          Participating  Preferred  Stock unless,  prior  thereto, the
          holders of shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred
          Stock shall  have  received $10  per share,  plus an  amount
          equal to  accrued  and  unpaid  dividends  any  distribution
          thereon,  whether  or  not declared,  to  the  date  of such
          payment (the  "Series A Liquidation Preference").  Following
          the payment of the  full amount of the Series  A Liquidation
          Preference, no additional distributions shall be made to the
          holders of shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred
          Stock unless, prior thereto, the holders of shares of Common
          Stock shall have  received an amount per  share (the "Common
          Adjustment") equal to the  quotient obtained by dividing (a)


          <PAGE>

          the  Series  A  Liquidation  Preference  by  (b)  1,000  (as
          appropriately adjusted as set forth in paragraph (iii) below
          to reflect such events as  stock splits, stock dividends and
          recapitalizations  with respect  to the Common  Stock) (such
          number in  clause (b), the AAdjustment  Number@).  Following
          the payment of the  full amount of the Series  A Liquidation
          Preference  and  the Common  Adjustment  in  respect of  all
          outstanding   shares  of   Series  A   Junior  participating
          Preferred Stock  and common Stock,  respectively, holders of
          Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock and holders of
          shares  of  Common Stock  shall  receive  their ratable  and
          proportionate   share   of  the   remaining  assets   to  be
          distributed  in the ratio of the Adjustment Number to 1 with
          respect to such Preferred  Stock and common Stock, on  a per
          share basis, respectively.

                         (ii) In  the event,  however, that  there are
          not sufficient assets available to permit payment in full of
          the  Series  A Liquidation  Preference  and  the liquidation
          preferences of  all other series of Preferred Stock, if any,
          which  rank   on  a   parity  with   the  Series   A  Junior
          Participating  Preferred Stock,  then such  remaining assets
          shall  be distributed ratably to the  holders of such parity
          shares   in  proportion  to   their  respective  liquidation
          preferences.   In  the event,  however, that  there  are not
          sufficient assets available to permit payment in full of the
          Common  Adjustment, then  such  remaining  assets  shall  be
          distributed ratably to the holders of Common Stock.

                         (iii)     In the event the  Corporation shall
          at any time  after the Rights  Declaration Date (a)  declare
          any dividend  on Common Stock  payable in  shares of  Common
          Stock, (b)  subdivide the  outstanding Common Stock,  or (c)
          combine the  outstanding common Stock into  a smaller number
          of shares, then in  each such case the Adjustment  Number in
          effect immediately prior to such event shall  be adjusted by
          multiplying  such  Adjustment  Number  by  a  fraction   the
          numerator of which is  the number of shares of  Common Stock
          outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator
          of which is the  number of shares of Common  Stock that were
          outstanding immediately prior to such event.

                    (g)  Consolidation,  Merger, etc.    In  case  the
          Corporation  shall  enter  into any  consolidation,  merger,
          combination  or other  transaction  in which  the shares  of
          Common Stock  are exchanged for or changed  into other stock
          or securities, cash and/or  any other property, then in  any
          such  case  the  shares  of Series  A  Junior  Participating
          Preferred  Stock  shall  at   the  same  time  be  similarly
          exchanged  or changed in an amount per share (subject to the
          provision  for adjustment  hereinafter  set forth)  equal to
          1,000 times the aggregate  amount of stock, securities, cash
          and/or any other property (payable in kind), as the case may
          be, into which  or for which each  share of Common Stock  is


         <PAGE>


          changed or exchanged.  In the event the Corporation shall at
          any time after the  Rights Declaration Date (i) declare  any
          dividend on Common Stock payable  in shares of Common Stock,
          (ii)  subdivide  the  outstanding  Common  Stock,  or  (iii)
          combine the  outstanding Common Stock into  a smaller number
          of shares, then  in each such  case the amount set  forth in
          the  preceding  sentence with  respect  to  the exchange  or
          change of shares of  Series A Junior Participating Preferred
          Stock shall  be  adjusted by  multiplying such  amount by  a
          fraction the numerator of  which is the number of  shares of
          Common  Stock outstanding  immediately after such  event and
          the denominator of which  is the number of shares  of Common
          Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.

                    (h)  No Redemption.  The shares of Series A Junior
          Participating Preferred Stock shall not be redeemable.

                    (i)  Ranking.   The Series  A Junior Participating
          Preferred  Stock shall  rank junior to  all other  series of
          Preferred  Stock as  to  the payment  of  dividends and  the
          distribution of assets  unless the terms of  any such series
          shall provide otherwise.

                    (j)  Amendment.     The Articles  of Incorporation
          of  the  Corporation shall  not  be further  amended  in any
          manner which  would materially  alter or change  the powers,
          preferences  or  special  rights  of  the  Series  A  Junior
          Participating Preferred Stock so as to affect them adversely
          without the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority or
          more  of   the  outstanding   shares  of  Series   A  Junior
          Participating Preferred Stock, voting separately as a class.

                    (k)  Fractional   Shares.      Series   A   Junior
          Participating Preferred Stock may  be issued in fractions of
          a share  which shall  entitle the  holder, in  proportion to
          such holder's fractional shares,  to exercise voting rights,
          receive dividends  participate in distributions  and to have
          the  benefit  of all  other rights  of  holders of  Series A
          Junior Participating Preferred Stock.

          Common Stock

                    (a)  Dividends.  Holders of  Common Stock shall be
          entitled to receive such dividends as may be declared by the
          board  of directors,  except that  the Corporation  will not
          declare, pay or set apart for payment any dividend on shares
          of  Common Stock  (other  than dividends  payable in  Common
          Stock), or directly or  indirectly make any distribution on,
          redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire any such shares, if at
          the time of such  action the Corporation is in  default with
          respect to any dividend  due and payable on, or  any sinking
          or  purchase fund  requirement  relating to,  any shares  of
          Preferred Stock.

          <PAGE>



                    (b)  Distribution  of Assets.    In  the event  of
          voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding
          up  of the  Corporation, holders  of Common  Stock shall  be
          entitled  to receive pro rata all of the remaining assets of
          the   Corporation   available   for  distribution   to   its
          shareholders  after  all amounts  to  which  the holders  of
          Preferred  Stock are entitled have been paid or set aside in
          cash for payment.

                    (c)  Voting  Rights.  Except as otherwise required
          by law or provided in any certificate creating any series of
          Preferred Stock, the holders of  Common Stock shall have the
          exclusive right to vote in the election of directors and for
          all  other purposes, each such holder  being entitled to one
          vote for each share thereof held.

               6.   Vote Required for Certain Significant Transactions

                    (a)  Higher    Vote   for    Certain   Significant
          Transactions.  In addition  to any affirmative vote required
          by law  or these  Articles of  Incorporation, and  except as
          otherwise  expressly  provided  in  paragraph  (b)  of  this
          Article 6:

                         (i)  any  merger  or  consolidation   of  the
          Corporation or any Subsidiary (as  hereinafter defined) with
          (a) any Related Person (as hereinafter defined),  or (b) any
          other corporation  (whether or not itself  a Related Person)
          which is, or after such merger or consolidation would be, an
          Affiliate (as hereinafter defined) of a Related Person; or

                         (ii) any  sale,  lease,  exchange,  mortgage,
          pledge, transfer or other disposition(in  one transaction or
          a series of transactions)  to or with any Related  Person or
          any Affiliate of  any Related  Person of any  assets of  the
          Corporation  or  any  Subsidiary having  an  aggregate  Fair
          Market Value (as hereinafter defined) of $1,000,000 or more;
          or

                         (iii)     the  issuance  or  transfer by  the
          Corporation  or  any Subsidiary  (in  one  transaction or  a
          series of transactions) of any securities of the Corporation
          or  any Subsidiary to any Related Person or any Affiliate of
          any Related Person in exchange for cash, securities or other
          property (or a combination thereof) having an aggregate Fair
          Market Value of $1,000,000 or more; or

                         (iv) the  purchase by the  Corporation or any
          Subsidiary (in  one transaction or a  series of transactions
          within  a two  year  period) of  any  outstanding shares  of
          capital stock  of the Corporation which  entitles the holder
          thereof to vote  generally in the election of directors (the
          "Voting Stock")  in exchange  for cash, securities  or other
          property (or a combination thereof) having an aggregate Fair


         <PAGE>


          Market Value of $1,000,000 or more; or

                         (v)  the adoption of any plan or proposal for
          the liquidation or  dissolution of the  Corporation proposed
          by or on behalf of a  Related Person or any Affiliate of any
          Related Person; or

                         (vi) any   reclassification   of   securities
          (including any reverse stock split), or recapitalization  of
          the  Corporation,  or any  merger  or  consolidation of  the
          Corporation  with  any  of  its Subsidiaries  or  any  other
          transaction  (whether  or  not  with or  into  or  otherwise
          involving a  Related Person) which has  the effect, directly
          or indirectly, of increasing  the proportionate share of the
          outstanding  shares of  any class  of equity  or convertible
          securities  of the  Corporation or  any Subsidiary  which is
          directly or  indirectly owned by  any Related Person  or any
          Affiliate of any Related Person;

          shall require  the affirmative  vote of  the  holders of  at
          least 80% of the voting power of the then-outstanding shares
          of  voting Stock, voting together  as a single  class.  (For
          purposes of this Article  6, each share of the  Voting Stock
          shall have the  number of  votes granted to  it pursuant  to
          Article  5  of  these  Articles  of  Incorporation).    Such
          affirmative vote shall be required  notwithstanding the fact
          that  no vote may be  required, or that  a lesser percentage
          may  be specified,  by  law or  in  any agreement  with  any
          national securities exchange or otherwise.

               The  term ASignificant  Transaction@  as  used in  this
          Article 6 shall mean any transaction which is referred to in
          any  one or more of paragraphs (i) through (vi) of paragraph
          (a) of this Article 6.

                    (b)  When  Higher  Vote  is  Not  Required.    The
          provisions of paragraph (a)  of this Article 6 shall  not be
          applicable  to any  particular Significant  Transaction, and
          such  Significant Transaction shall require only such action
          as  is required by law,  the Bylaws of  the Corporation, and
          any other  provision of these Articles  of Incorporation, if
          all of the  conditions specified in either of  the following
          paragraphs (i) and (ii) are met:

                         (i)  The  Significant Transaction  shall have
          been approved by a majority of the continuing Directors  (as
          hereinafter defined) or

                         (ii) All  of  the following  conditions shall
          have been met:

                              (A)  The  aggregate  amount of  the cash
          and the Fair Market Value as of the date of the consummation
          of the Significant  Transaction of consideration other  than

         <PAGE>



          cash to be received per share by holders of Common Stock  in
          such Significant  Transaction shall be at least equal to the
          highest of the following:

                                   (1)  the  highest  per share  price
          (including any  brokerage  commissions, transfer  taxes  and
          soliciting dealers' fees) paid by the Related Person for any
          shares  of Common Stock acquired  by it (a)  within the two-
          year   period  immediately   prior   to  the   first  public
          announcement of the proposal  of the significant Transaction
          (the  "Announcement Date"),  or  (b) in  the transaction  in
          which it became a Related Person, whichever is higher; and

                                   (2)  the  Fair   Market  Value  per
          share of Common  Stock on  the Announcement Date  or on  the
          date on which  the Related Person  became a Related  Person,
          whichever is higher; and

                                   (3)  the  earnings   per  share  of
          Common Stock  for the four full  consecutive fiscal quarters
          immediately preceding  the  Announcement Date  as  to  which
          financial results  have been  published by  the Corporation,
          multiplied by  the then highest  price/earnings multiple (if
          any)  of such  Related Person  or any  of its  Affiliates as
          customarily   computed   and  reported   in   the  financial
          community; and

                                   (4)  the price per  share equal  to
          the Fair Market Value  per share of Common Stock  determined
          pursuant to  subparagraph (A)(2) of  this paragraph (b)(ii),
          multiplied  by  a fraction  the  numerator of  which  is the
          highest   per   share   price   (including   any   brokerage
          commissions,  transfer taxes  and soliciting  dealers= fees)
          paid  by the Related Person  for any shares  of Common Stock
          acquired by it within  the two-year period immediately prior
          to the Announcement Date and the denominator of which is the
          Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the first day
          in  such  two-year  period  upon which  the  Related  Person
          acquired any shares of Common Stock.

                              (B)  the consideration to be received by
          the holders of Common  Stock in such Significant Transaction
          shall  be either cash or the same type of consideration used
          by the  Related Person in  acquiring the largest  portion of
          its holdings  of  Common Stock  prior  to the  first  public
          announcement of the proposed Significant Transaction.

                              (C)  After   such  Related   Person  has
          become a Related  Person and  prior to  the consummation  of
          such Significant Transaction:  (1) there shall have been (a)
          no  failure to  pay  nor reduction  in  the annual  rate  of
          dividends  paid on  the Common  Stock (as  such rate  may be
          adjusted  from  time  to  time to  reflect  changes  in  the
          Corporation=s capitalization) unless such failure  to pay or

          <PAGE>



          reduction  is  approved  by  a majority  of  the  continuing
          Directors; and (2) such Related Person shall not have become
          the  beneficial owner  of  any additional  shares of  Voting
          Stock except as  part of  the transaction  which results  in
          such Related Person becoming a Related Person.

                              (D)  after   such  Related   Person  has
          become a Related Person, such  Related Person shall not have
          received   the  benefit,  directly   or  indirectly  (except
          proportionately as a shareholder of the Corporation), of any
          loans,  advances,  guarantees,  pledges or  other  financial
          assistance  or  any  tax  credits or  other  tax  advantages
          provided by  the Corporation, whether in  anticipation of or
          in   connection  with   such   Significant  Transaction   or
          otherwise.

                              (E)  A  proxy  or information  statement
          describing   the   proposed   Significant  Transaction   and
          complying with the  requirements of the Securities  Exchange
          Act of 1934 and the rules and regulations thereunder (or any
          subsequent  provisions   replacing   such  Act,   rules   or
          regulations) shall  be mailed to public  shareholders of the
          Corporation at  least 30 days  prior to the  consummation of
          such Significant  Transaction (whether or not  such proxy or
          information statement  is required to be  mailed pursuant to
          such Act or subsequent provisions).

                    (c)  Certain  Definitions.   For  the  purposes of
          this Article 6:

                         (i)  A  "person"  shall mean  any individual,
          firm, corporation or other entity.

                         (ii) "Related Person" shall  mean any  person
          (other than the Corporation or any Subsidiary) who or which:

                              (A)  is  the beneficial  owner, directly
          or indirectly, of more than  10% of the voting power of  the
          outstanding Voting Stock; or

                              (B)  is an Affiliate of  the Corporation
          and at any time within the two-year period immediately prior
          to  the date in question  was the beneficial owner, directly
          or indirectly,  of 10% or  more of the  voting power  of the
          then-outstanding Voting Stock; or

                              (C)  is an assignee  of or has otherwise
          succeeded  to any shares of  Voting Stock which  were at any
          time  within the  two-year period  immediately prior  to the
          date in  question beneficially owned by  any Related Person,
          if  such assignment or succession shall have occurred in the
          course  of  a  transaction  or series  of  transactions  not
          involving  a  public  offering  within the  meaning  of  the
          Securities Act of 1993.

          <PAGE>



                    If  two  or  more  person  shall  at  any  time be
          "Related Persons," each Related Person whose involvement  in
          a  transaction causes  it  to be  a Significant  Transaction
          shall be treated as:  (a) "the Related Person"  for purposes
          of  the application of the requirements  of paragraph (b) of
          this Article  6 to  such transaction, and  (b) "the  Related
          Person in  question" for  purposes of determining  whether a
          person  is  a "Continuing  Director"  with  respect to  such
          transaction.

                    (iii) A  person shall  be a "beneficial  owner" of
          any Voting Stock:

                         (A)    which  such   person  or  any  of  its
          Affiliates   or   Associates   (as    hereinafter   defined)
          beneficially owns, directly or indirectly; or

                         (B)    which  such   person  or  any  of  its
          Affiliates  or  Associates  has  (1) the  right  to  acquire
          (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after
          the passage of time), pursuant to any agreement, arrangement
          or understanding or upon  the exercise of conversion rights,
          exchange rights,  warrants or options, or  otherwise, or (2)
          the  right to vote pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or
          understanding; or

                         (C)  which is beneficially owned, directly or
          indirectly, by any  other person with  which such person  or
          any  of  its Affiliates  or  Associates  has any  agreement,
          arrangement or  understanding for the  purpose of acquiring,
          holding, voting or disposing of any shares of Voting Stock.

                    (iv)   For the  purposes of determining  whether a
          person is  a Related  Person pursuant to  paragraph (c)(ii),
          the number of share of Voting Stock deemed to be outstanding
          shall  include shares  deemed owned  through application  of
          paragraph (c)(iii) but shall not include any other shares of
          Voting  Stock   which  may  be  issuable   pursuant  to  any
          agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon exercise of
          conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise.

                    (v)   "Affiliate"  or "Associate"  shall have  the
          respective meanings ascribed  to such terms in Rule 12b-2 of
          the  General  Rules  and  Regulation  under  the  Securities
          Exchange Act of 1934, as in effect on May 5, 1983.

                    (vi)  "Subsidiary" means any  corporation of which
          a  majority  of  any  class of  equity  security  is  owned,
          directly   or  indirectly,  by  the  Corporation;  provided,
          however, that for the purposes of the definition  of Related
          Person set forth in paragraph (c)(ii), the term "Subsidiary"
          shall  mean only a corporation  of which a  majority of each
          class of  equity security is owned,  directly or indirectly,
          by the Corporation.

          <PAGE>



                    (vii)   "Continuing Director" means any  member of
          the board  of directors of the Corporation (the "Board") who
          (a) was a member  of the Board as of May 5,  1983, or (b) is
          not affiliated with the  Related Person and was a  member of
          the Board prior to the time that the Related Person became a
          Related  Person,  or (c)  is  a  successor  of a  Continuing
          Director who is  unaffiliated with the Related Person and is
          recommended to  succeed a Continuing Director  by a majority
          of Continuing Directors then on the Board.

                    (viii)   "Fair  Marker Value"  means:  (a)  in the
          case of stock, the highest closing sale price during the 30-
          day period immediately preceding  the date in question  of a
          share of such stock on the Composite Tape for New York Stock
          Exchange--Listed  Stocks, or, if such stock is not quoted on
          the Composite Tape, on  the New York Stock Exchange,  or, if
          such  stock is not listed on such Exchange, on the principal
          United  States  securities  exchange  registered  under  the
          Securities  Exchange  Act of  1934  on which  such  stock is
          listed,  or, if  such  stock  is  not  listed  on  any  such
          exchange, the highest closing  bid quotation with respect to
          a share of such stock during the 30-day period preceding the
          date in  question on the National  Association of Securities
          Deals, Inc.  Automated Quotations System or  any system then
          in use, or  if no  such quotations are  available, the  fair
          market value  on the  date in  question of  a share  of such
          stock as determined by the  Board in good faith; and (b)  in
          the  case of  property other  than cash  or stock,  the fair
          market value of  such property  on the date  in question  as
          determined by the Board in good faith.

                    (ix)  In the  event of any Significant Transaction
          in which the Corporation survives, the phrase "consideration
          other  than cash to be received" as used in subparagraph (A)
          of paragraph  (b)(ii) of  this Article  6 shall  include the
          shares of Common Stock, and/or the shares of any other class
          of outstanding Voting Stock retained by the holders of  such
          shares.

                    (x)  The  Continuing Directors of the  Corporation
          shall  have the power and duty to determine for the purposes
          of this Article 6, on the basis of information known to them
          after reasonable inquiry,  (a) whether a person is a Related
          Person,   (b)  the   number  of   shares  of   Voting  Stock
          beneficially owned by any person, (c) whether a person is an
          Affiliate  or  Associate of  another,  and  (d) whether  the
          assets which are the  subject of any Significant Transaction
          have, or the  consideration to be received  for the issuance
          or  transfer  of  securities   by  the  Corporation  or  any
          Subsidiary in  any Significant Transaction has  an aggregate
          Fair Market Value of $1,000,000 or more.

                         (d)   No  Effect on Fiduciary  Obligations of
          Related Persons.  Nothing contained in this  Article 6 shall

          <PAGE>



          be  construed  to  relieve   any  Related  Person  from  any
          fiduciary obligation imposed by law.

               7.  Evaluation  of Certain  Proposals by  the Board  of
          Directors.  The board of directors of the  Corporation, when
          evaluating any  proposal from  another party to  (a) make  a
          tender offer for securities of the Corporation, (b) merge or
          consolidate  the Corporation  with another  corporation, (c)
          purchase  or  otherwise  acquire  substantially  all  of the
          properties or  assets of the Corporation, (d)  engage in any
          transaction  of  the  sort  specified in  paragraph  (a)  of
          Article 6 of these Articles  of Incorporation, or (e) engage
          in any other  transaction having a  similar effect upon  the
          properties, operations or control of the Corporation, shall,
          in  connection   with  the  exercise  of   its  judgment  in
          determining what  is the  best interests of  the Corporation
          and  its   shareholders,  give  due  consideration   to  the
          following:

                         (i)    the  character,   integrity,  business
          philosophy  and  financial  status  of the  other  party  or
          parties to the transaction;

                         (ii)  the consideration to be received by the
          Corporation  or  its shareholders  in  connection with  such
          transaction, as compared  to:  (a) the  current market price
          or value of the  Corporation's properties or securities; (b)
          the   estimated  future  value   of  the   Corporation,  its
          properties or securities; and (c) such other measures of the
          value of  the Corporation,  its properties or  securities as
          the directors may deem appropriate.

                         (iii)    the  projected  social,   legal  and
          economic effects of the  proposed action or transaction upon
          the Corporation, its employees, suppliers and  customers and
          the communities in which the Corporation does business;

                         (iv)     the  general  desirability   of  the
          Corporation's continuing as an independent entity; and

                         (v)    such other  factors  as  the board  of
          directors may deem relevant.

               8.  Directors

                         (a)   Number, Election and Term.   The number
          of the directors of the Corporation shall be fixed from time
          to time by  or pursuant  to the Bylaws  of the  Corporation.
          The directors shall be  classified with respect to  the time
          for which they severally hold into three classes,  as nearly
          their equal in number  as possible, as shall be  provided in
          the manner specified in  the bylaws of the Corporation.   At
          the annual meeting  of shareholders held in  1990, one class
          shall be  originally  elected for  a  term expiring  at  the

          <PAGE>



          annual meeting  of shareholders to be held  in 1991, another
          class shall be originally elected for a term expiring at the
          annual  meeting of  shareholders  to be  held  in 1992,  and
          another  class  shall  be  originally  elected  for  a  term
          expiring at the annual meeting of shareholders to be held in
          1993,  with the members of  each class to  hold office until
          their  successors  are  elected  and  qualified.    At  each
          succeeding  annual  meeting  of   the  shareholders  of  the
          Corporation, the successors of  the class of directors whose
          term expires at that meeting shall, subject to paragraph (c)
          of this Article 8, be elected by plurality vote of all votes
          cast at such  meeting to hold office for  a term expiring at
          the annual meeting  of shareholders held  in the third  year
          following the year of their election.

                    (b)    Vacancies.    Vacancies  in  the  board  of
          directors, including vacancies resulting from an increase in
          the  number of directors, shall be filled only by a majority
          of  the directors then in office, though less than a quorum,
          and each person so elected shall  be a director to serve for
          the balance of the unexpired term and until his successor is
          duly elected and qualified.

                    (c)  Cumulative Voting in Certain Circumstances

                    (i)    Except  as  and  to  the  extent  otherwise
          provided  in   this  paragraph   (c)  shareholders  of   the
          Corporation  shall  not  be  entitled  to cumulative  voting
          rights in any election of directors of the Corporation.

                    (ii)   There  shall  be cumulative  voting in  any
          election of  directors of the  Corporation on  or after  the
          occurrence of both of the following events:

                         (A)    the  public announcement  (which,  for
          purposes   of  this   definition,  shall   include,  without
          limitation, a  report filed pursuant to  Section 13(d) under
          the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended  (the
          "Exchange  Act"), by  the Corporation  or a  40% Shareholder
          that a 40% Shareholder has become such.

          and

                         (B)   such 40%  Shareholder makes, or  in any
          way   participates   in,   directly   or   indirectly,   any
          "solicitation" of  "proxies" (as  such terms are  defined or
          used  in Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act) or becomes a
          "participant" in  any "election contest" (as  such terms are
          defined or used  in Rule  14a-11 of the  Exchange Act)  with
          respect to the Corporation; seeks to advise or influence any
          person  (within  the  meaning  of Section  13(d)(3)  of  the
          Exchange  Act) with respect to  the voting of any securities
          of the Corporation: or executes  any written consent in lieu
          of a meeting of holders of the Voting Stock.

          <PAGE>



               "40% Shareholder"  shall mean any Person  who or which,
          together with  all Affiliates and Associate  of such Person,
          shall  be the Beneficial Owner of 40%  or more of the Voting
          Stock but shall  not include (i)  the Corporation, (ii)  any
          wholly owned Subsidiary, (iii)  any employee benefit plan of
          the Corporation  or of  any Subsidiary, or  (iv) any  Person
          holding securities of the Corporation for or pursuant to the
          terms of any such plan.

          Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Person shall become a "40%
          Shareholder" as the result of an acquisition of Common Stock
          by the Corporation  which, by reducing the  number of shares
          outstanding,  increases the  proportionate number  of shares
          beneficially  owned by  such Person  to 40%  or more  of the
          Voting  Stock; provided, however, that if a Person who would
          otherwise be  a 40%  Shareholder but  for the provisions  of
          this  sentence  shall, after  such  share  purchases by  the
          Corporation, become the  Beneficial Owner of  any additional
          Voting Stock then such Person shall  be deemed to be a  "40%
          Shareholder."

                         (ii)  Certain Definitions.   For  purposes of
          this Article  8:

               "Affiliate" and "Associate"  shall have the  respective
          meanings ascribed to such terms in rule 12b-2 of the General
          Rules and Regulations under the Exchange Act as in effect on
          May 3, 1990.

               A Person shall be deemed  the "Beneficial Owner" of and
          shall be deemed to "beneficially own" any securities:

                    (A)    which such  Person  or  any such  Persons's
          affiliates  or Associates  beneficially  owns,  directly  or
          indirectly:

                    (B)   which  such Person or  any of  such Person's
          Affiliates  or  Associates  has  (A) the  right  to  acquire
          (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after
          the passage of time)  pursuant to any agreement, arrangement
          or understanding  (whether or not  in writing), or  upon the
          exercise  of  conversion  rights,  exchange  rights,  rights
          (other  than  the Rights  granted  pursuant  to the  Flip-In
          Rights Agreement and  Flip-Over-Rights Agreement between the
          Corporation  and American  Stock Transfer  & Trust  Company,
          dated  as  of January  16,  1990), warrants  or  options, or
          otherwise  or   (B)  the  right  to  vote  pursuant  to  any
          agreement, arrangement or understanding;  provided, however,
          that a Person shall  not be deemed the Beneficial  Owner of,
          or to  beneficially own,  securities tendered pursuant  to a
          tender or exchange offer made by or on behalf of such Person
          or any of  such Person's Affiliates or Associates until such
          tendered securities are  accepted for purchase  or exchange;
          or 

         <PAGE>



                    (C)   which  are beneficially  owned, directly  or
          indirectly, by  any other Person  with which such  Person or
          any  of  such  Person's  Affiliates or  Associates  has  any
          agreement, arrangement or  understanding for the  purpose of
          acquiring, holding, voting or disposing of any securities of
          the Corporation.

               "Person" shall  mean any individual,  firm, corporation
          or other entity, and shall include any  successor (by merger
          or otherwise) of such entity.

               "Subsidiary" shall mean any corporation or other entity
          of which a majority of the voting power of the voting equity
          securities   or  equity  interest   is  owned,  directly  or
          indirectly, by the Corporation.

               "Voting  Stock"  means  Common   Stock  and  any  other
          securities of the Corporation entitled to vote generally for
          the election  of directors or any  security convertible into
          or  exchangeable  for or  exercisable  for  the purchase  of
          Common Stock or other securities of the Corporation entitled
          to vote generally for the election of directors.

               9.   Vote Required for Amendment of Articles 6, 7, 8 or
          9.  Any provision  in these Articles of Incorporation  or in
          the   Bylaws   of   the   Corporation    to   the   contrary
          notwithstanding, no provisions of  Articles 6, 7, 8 or  9 of
          these  Articles shall be  altered, amended,  supplemented or
          repealed  by the  shareholders  of the  Corporation, and  no
          provision   of  the   Bylaws   or  of   these  Articles   of
          Incorporation  inconsistent  with such  provisions  shall be
          adopted by  the shareholders  of the Corporation,  except by
          the  affirmative vote of the holders  of at least 80% of the
          outstanding  shares of  capital  stock  of  the  Corporation
          entitled  to vote  generally in  the election  of directors,
          considered for this purpose as one class.







                                                                 Exhibit 4a
                                                                     Page 1

                          Front Side of Certificate of Stock

                                 Picture of Scientist
                              in early laboratory scene
                          FOUNDED IN 1923 BY HERMAN O. WEST

          Number                                                   Shares

          W_______________
               COMMON STOCK                              COMMON STOCK
          INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS                  CUSIP 955306 10 5
          OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF
          PENNSYLVANIA

                          WEST PHARMACEUTICAL SERVICES, INC.

               This certifies that

                                                                SEE REVERSE
                                                                FOR CERTAIN
                                                                DEFINITIONS

               is the owner of

           FULLY PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE SHARES OF THE COMMON STOCK OF THE
          PAR VALUE OF $.25 PER SHARE OF

          West Pharmaceutical  Services, Inc. transferable on  the books of
          the  corporation  by  the holder  hereof  in  person  or by  duly
          authorized attorney upon  surrender of this certificate  properly
          endorsed.  This certificate and the shares represented hereby are
          issued and shall be held subject to all the provisions of (1) the
          Articles of Incorporation and all amendments thereto  and (2) any
          statement on the reverse side of this certificate.

               This certificate  is  not  valid  unless  countersigned  and
               registered by the Transfer Agent and Registrar.
               Witness  the  facsimile  seal  of the  corporation  and  the
               facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers.

          Dated:

          John R. Gailey      Picture of               William G. Little
          Secretary           Company Seal             Chairman of the Board

                                              COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED:
                                    AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY
                                        (NEW YORK, N.Y.)
                                   BY                        TRANSFER AGENT
                                                              AND REGISTRAR

                                   AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE

             <PAGE>



                          Back side of Certificate of Stock          Page 2

               The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on
          the face of this  certificate, shall be construed as  though they
          were  written  out  in  full  according  to  applicable  laws  or
          regulations:

          TEN COM - as tenants in common     UNIF GIFT MIN ACT --Custodian --
          TEN ENT -    as tenants by the                 (Cust)      (Minor)
                    entireties               under Uniform Gifts to Minors
          JT TEN  - as joint tenants         Act_________________________
                    with right of                      (State)
                    survivorship and not
                    as tenants in common

          Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above
          list.

               For value received, ________hereby sell, assign and transfer
          unto

          PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER
          IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE______________________

          _________________________________________________________________
          (PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS,  INCLUDING ZIP CODE,
          OF ASSIGNEE)
          _________________________________________________________________
          _________________________________________________________________
          _________________________________________________________________

          of the capital  stock represented by the within  Certificate, and
          do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint
          __________________________________________   Attorney to transfer
          the said stock on  the books of the within named Corporation with
          full power of substitution in the premises.

          Dated______________________


          ___________________________________________________________
          NOTICE:  The signature to this agreement must correspond with the
          name  as  written  upon the  face  of  the  certificate in  every
          particular,  without  alteration  or enlargement  or  any  change
          whatever.





               This  certificate also  evidences  and  entitles the  holder
          hereof to certain Flip-In Rights as set forth in a Flip-In Rights
          Agreement  between  The West  Company, Incorporated  and American
          Stock  Transfer  & Trust  Company, as  Right  Agent, dated  as of
          January 16, 



         <PAGE>


                    Back Side of Certificate of Stock (continued)    Page 3


          1990  (the "Rights  Agreement"),  the terms  of which  are hereby
          incorporated herein  by reference and a copy  of which is on file
          at  the  principal  executive  offices  of   West  Pharmaceutical
          Services, Inc..

               Under  certain circumstances  , as set  forth in  the Rights
          Agreement,  such Flip-In  Rights  will be  evidenced by  separate
          certificates and will no longer be evidenced by this certificate.
          The Company will mail to the holder of this certificate a copy of
          the  Rights Agreement,  as  in effect  on  the date  of  mailing,
          without charge  promptly following  receipt of a  written request
          therefor.

               Under  certain  circumstances,  Flip-In Rights  beneficially
          owned by  Acquiring Persons  or Associates or  Affiliates thereof
          (as defined in the Rights Agreement) and any subsequent holder of
          such Flip-In Rights may become null and void.

               This  certificate also  evidences  and entitles  the  holder
          hereof  to certain Flip-Over Rights  as set forth  in a Flip-Over
          Rights  Agreement  between The  West  Company, Incorporated,  and
          American Stock Transfer  & Trust Company, as  Rights Agent, dated
          as of January  16, 1990  (the "Rights Agreement"),  the terms  of
          which are hereby incorporated  herein by reference and a  copy of
          which  is on  file  at the  principal  executive offices  of  the
          Company.

               Under  certain circumstances,  as  set forth  in the  Rights
          Agreement, such  Flip-Over Rights  will be evidenced  by separate
          certificates and will no longer be evidenced by this certificate.
          The Company will mail to the holder of this certificate a copy of
          the  Rights Agreement,  as  in effect  on  the date  of  mailing,
          without charge  promptly following  receipt of a  written request
          therefor.







                                                             Exhibit 10 (e)
                          West Pharmaceutical Services, Inc.
                            Executive Incentive Bonus Plan


          The Incentive Bonus Plan is based on the following concepts:

          *    Excellent service  to our customers will  create shareholder
               value.
          *    Employees must share in the Company's success.
          *    Earnings per share (EPS)  is the measurement of success  for
               the total corporation.

          Here's how the plan works:

          TARGET BONUS

          The target bonus is a specific percentage of your base salary (in
          effect  on  December 31  of the  prior  year) and  represents the
          amount  of  bonus you  will receive  if  100% of  all performance
          factors is achieved.

          PERFORMANCE FACTORS

          There are  two performance  factors which  are used to  calculate
          bonuses:
          *    75%  of  the  bonus  calculation (referred  to  as  the "EPS
               Portion")  will depend on  achievement of  the earnings-per-
               share (EPS) target contained  in the Company s business plan
               for the bonus year.

          *    25% of the bonus  calculation will be based on the  board of
               directors' evaluation of:

               1.   Our success  in  growing revenues  from West's  current
                    businesses

               2.   Our  success in  growing  West's  revenues through  new
                    business    opportunities    (acquisitions,    mergers,
                    licensing agreements, etc.)

          The EPS Portion of your bonus  is tied directly to the percentage
          achievement of the EPS target.  Thus, for example, if the Company
          achieves 110% of budgeted  EPS results, you will receive  110% of
          your Bonus Portion.  Of course, this means that your EPS  Portion
          will be less than 100% if EPS results fall short of budget. There
          is  no "maximum" payout opportunity, but no  bonus at all will be
          paid if EPS does not equal at least 89% of the EPS target.

         <PAGE>





          ILLUSTRATION OF BONUS CALCULATION

          An executive earning  $120,000, whose target bonus opportunity is 
          30%, would have his/her bonus calculated as follows if the 
          Company achieves an 101% of budgeted EPS and the Board
          determines that management has achieved 100% for revenue
          growth success:
          <TABLE>
          <CAPTION>


          <S>      <C>      <C>     <C> <C>    <C>  <C>          <C>  <C>    <C>  <C>      <C><C>
                   Target               Bonus       %Achieved         Bonus%                 Bonus$
          EPS      75%   x  Bonus   =   Opp.   x    (from scale) =    Earned    x Salary  =  Earned

          Rev.              Target      Bonus                                                Bonus$
          Growth   25%   x  Bonus   =   Opp.   x     %Achieved   =    Earned x    Salary  =  Earned

          EPS      75%   x  30%     =   22.5%  x    101%         =    22.73% x    120,000 =  $27,276

          Rev.
          Growth   25%   x  30%     =   7.5%   x    100%         =    7.5%   x    120,000  = $9,000

                                    Total Bonus Earned                30.4%                = $36,276
          </TABLE>





          BONUS AND INCENTIVE SHARES
          You will receive a portion of  your annual bonus in shares of the
          Company's common stock.  Here's how this program works:

          *    Your  total  bonus   award  will   be  calculated   applying
               appropriate tax  deductions.   75% of that  after-tax amount
               will be paid in cash (check) and 25% will be  paid in shares
               of  the  Company s  common  stock  (referred  to  as   Bonus
               Shares ) based on the fair market value of the shares at the
               time of award.

          *    A  number of  restricted shares  (referred to  as "Incentive
               Shares")  equal  to 25%  of the  Bonus  Shares will  also be
               issued to you at that time. 

          *    The Bonus  Shares and  Incentive will  be deposited into  an
               account in your name  with a brokerage firm selected  by the
               Company. You  will receive  dividends from Bonus  Shares and
               Incentive Shares, which will be  automatically reinvested in
               additional shares of stock.

          *    The Incentive Shares will vest (i.e., will be yours to keep)
               at the end of four years from the date of  award, so long as
               you  do not sell or  transfer your Bonus  Shares during that
               period.

          *    If  you sell the  Bonus Shares or leave  the Company for any
               reason  other  than  disability,  retirement  or death,  the
               Incentive Shares awarded to you will be forfeited.

          *    If your  employment terminates  due to death,  retirement or
               disability,  the restrictions  will  lapse and  you will  be
               entitled  to  receive  a  portion of  the  Incentive  Shares
               according to the following schedule:

                   25% with at least one but less than two years continuous
                   ownership of the Bonus Shares.

                   50%  with  at  least  two  but  less  than  three  years
                   continuous ownership of the Bonus Shares.  

                   75%  with at  least  three  but  less  than  four  years
                   continuous ownership of the Bonus Shares.

          Ownership records will be  reviewed annually to verify continuous
          ownership.

          STOCK OWNERSHIP GUIDELINE

          Your personal stock ownership guideline is_________% of your base
          salary and  is expected to be achieved in 5-7 years from the year
          an individual  becomes eligible  to participate in  the Incentive
          Bonus Plan.





          MONITORING OUR PROGRESS

          Our progress  in achieving  the EPS  target will  be communicated
          throughout the year, and your manager will review your individual
          objectives on a quarterly basis.

          Use your TQM skills to lead the organization in overachieving our
          business  objectives.   You  will share  in  the reward  when  we
          succeed. 
          ELIGIBILITY

          Eligibility and the amount and type of awards under this plan are
          solely at the  discretion of  management and  are not  guaranteed
          under any  circumstances.  Participants must  be active employees
          on   December  31,  1999   to  be  eligible   for  bonus  payment
          consideration.







                                                           Exhibit 10 (n)  








                            THE WEST COMPANY, INCORPORATED




                       NON-QUALIFIED DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN


                                         FOR


                            DESIGNATED EXECUTIVE OFFICERS





                               ADOPTED AUGUST 30, 1994
                                REFLECTING AMENDMENTS
                    EFFECTIVE ON MARCH 7, 1995 AND APRIL 28, 1998 

             <PAGE>



                                   THE WEST COMPANY
                         NON-QUALIFIED DEFERRED COMPENSATION
                        PLAN FOR DESIGNATED EXECUTIVE OFFICERS


               The  West Company (the "Company") hereby adopts this Plan to
          permit  designated Executive  Officers  of the  Company to  defer
          receipt of a specified portion of their annual compensation:

          1.   Eligible  Officers:    Employees   of  the  Company  or  its
               subsidiaries are  eligible to make the election set forth in
               this Plan if  they are: (i) employed in  the United Sates as
               an  Executive  Officer  of   the  company  or  any   of  its
               subsidiaries,  and (ii) designated  as an eligible Executive
               Officer by the Compensation Committee.

          2.   Deferrable Compensation:  an  eligible Executive Officer may
               elect to defer any  whole percentage of (i) his  annual base
               salary, (ii) cash bonus, or (iii) both ( Compensation ).

          3.   Election to Defer:

               a)   An  eligible Executive  Officer  who desires  to  defer
                    payment  of  any portion  of  his  Compensation in  any
                    calendar year shall  notify the Company s  Secretary in
                    writing on  or before  December 15  of the  prior year,
                    stating how much of his Compensation shall be deferred.
                    an  election so  made  shall be  irrevocable and  shall
                    apply  to  each  calendar  year  thereafter  until  the
                    Executive Officer shall, on  or before any December 15,
                    notify  the  Company's  Secretary  in  writing  that  a
                    different  election   shall  apply  to   the  following
                    calendar years, which election shall  likewise continue
                    in  effect until similarly changed.   For 1994 only, an
                    eligible   Executive  Officer   may   elect  to   defer
                    compensation  earned  after  the  date   the  Executive
                    Officer notifies the Company s Secretary in writing  of
                    the amount of his compensation he elects to defer.

               b)   notwithstanding  Section 3(a)  above,  if  an  eligible
                    Executive  Officer is  hired  by the  company during  a
                    calendar  year,  the  Executive  Officer  may elect  to
                    participate  in the  Plan  by  notifying the  Company's
                    Secretary  in  writing  before  the  Executive  Officer
                    performs any services for the  Company how much of  his
                    Compensation shall  be deferred.   An election  so made
                    shall  be  irrevocable during  that  calendar  year and
                    shall apply to each  calendar year thereafter until the
                    Executive  Officer changes  his election  in accordance
                    with the procedure set forth in Section 3(a) above.

               c)   An  eligible  Executive  Officer who  elects  to  defer
                    Compensation to  the Plan during a  calendar year shall
                    be  deemed to have  waived his right  to participate in
                    The  West  Company  Savings  Plan for  that  year  and,
                    accordingly, shall be ineligible to participate  in the
                    Savings Plan.

               <PAGE>



          4.   Matching Contributions:  The  Company will contribute to the
               Plan an amount  equal to 50% of the first  6% of base salary
               an   Executive   Officer   elects  to   defer.      matching
               contributions shall not be made for deferrals of base salary
               in excess of  6% or any portion of a  cash bonus deferred by
               an Executive Officer.

          5.   Investment of Deferred Compensation Accounts:

               a)   Allocations:    The  Company  shall  establish  an  "A"
                    Account and  a "B"  Account for each  Executive Officer
                    contributing  to  the  Plan.   an  Executive  Officer's
                    Compensation deferred  pursuant to Paragraph 3 during a
                    month shall be allocated  to his  A  Account as  of the
                    last  day of the  payroll period to  which they relate.
                    company   matching   contributions  made   pursuant  to
                    Paragraph 4  during a month  shall be allocated  to his
                    "B" Account as of the last day of the payroll period to
                    which they relate.

               b)   Investment:   Each Executive  Officer shall  direct the
                    investment of his "A" Account and "B" Account among the
                    Investment Funds  offered under the  Plan by  complying
                    with  administrative  procedures  established   by  the
                    Company.  An Executive Officer's election shall specify
                    the whole percentage of his "A" Account and  B  Account
                    to  be invested in  an Investment  Fund.   an Executive
                    Officer s election  shall remain in effect  until a new
                    election is made.   an Executive Officer may change  an
                    election  of  Investment  Funds  or  transfer  existing
                    Account balances among Investment  Funds once per month
                    by   complying   with  the   administrative  procedures
                    established  by  the   company.    The  Company   shall
                    establish procedures to review the investment elections
                    made  by  an Executive  Officer  and  shall retain  the
                    authority  to override  any investment  election if  it
                    determines,  in  its  sole  discretion,  that  such  an
                    override is in the Company s best interests.

               c)   Investment  Funds.   An  Executive  Officer  may invest
                    amounts  credited to  his "A"  Account and  "B" Account
                    among the Investment Funds selected by the company. The
                    Company shall make available  to each Executive Officer
                    literature  summarizing the  investment characteristics
                    of each Investment Fund.

               d)   Valuation  of  Participant Accounts.   Any  increase or
                    decrease in the fair market value of an Investment Fund
                    shall be computed and credited to  or deducted from the
                    Accounts of all Executive  Officers who invested in the
                    Investment   Fund  in  accordance   with  policies  and
                    procedures established by the Company.

               e)   Indemnity.  By electing to  defer Compensation pursuant
                    to the Plan, each  Executive Officer hereby  recognizes
                    and agrees  that the  Company and any  other individual
                    responsible  for administering the  Plan (including the

               <PAGE>



                    Company's  Secretary or  any  trustee  responsible  for
                    holding  assets  under  the  Plan)  (collectively,  the
                    "Administrators')  are in  no way  responsible for  the
                    investment  performance  of  the   Executive  Officer's
                    Account.

          6.   Vesting:

               a)   Regular Vesting:  An  Executive Officer shall always be
                    100% vested  in the  Compensation deferred  pursuant to
                    Paragraph 3.   An Executive Officer shall be 40% vested
                    in  matching  contribution  made  on his  behalf  under
                    Paragraph  4 after  two  years of  employment with  the
                    company  or  any of  its  subsidiaries.   An  Executive
                    Officer s    vested    interest   in    such   matching
                    contributions  will   increase  by  20%   per  year  of
                    employment, so that he is  100% vested after five years
                    of  employment   with  the   Company  or  any   of  its
                    subsidiaries.  A "year  of employment" will be credited
                    to  an  Executive Officer  for  each  12 month  period,
                    beginning on his date of hire by  the Company or any of
                    its subsidiaries (and each anniversary thereof), during
                    which he is continuously employed by the company or any
                    of its subsidiaries.

               b)

                    1)   Notwithstanding Paragraph 6(a) above, an Executive
                         Officer  shall  immediately   be  100%  vested  in
                         matching contributions made pursuant  to Paragraph
                         4 after a Change in Control, as defined below.

                    ii)  A  "Change  in Control"  shall  mean  a change  in
                         control  of a nature that  would be required to be
                         reported  in response  to  Item 1  of the  Current
                         Report  on Form 8-K as in effect on April 28, 1998
                         pursuant to Section 13  or 15(d) of the Securities
                         Exchange  Act of  1934,  as  amended (the  "Act"),
                         provided,  that, without  limitation, a  Change in
                         Control shall be deemed to have occurred if: 

                         a)   any  "Person"  (as  such  term  is   used  in
                              Sections 13(d)  and 14(d) of the  Act), other
                              than:

                              (1)  the Company,

                              (2)  any Person  who on the date  hereof is a
                                   director or officer of the Company, or

                              (3)  a    trustee   or    fiduciary   holding
                                   securities  under  an  employee  benefit
                                   plan of the Company,

                    b)   is or  becomes the "beneficial owner," (as defined
                         in   Rule  13-d3  under   the  Act),  directly  or
                         indirectly,   of   securities   of   the   Company


              <PAGE>


                         representing more than 50%  of the combined voting
                         power   of   the   Company's    then   outstanding
                         securities; or 

                    c)   during any period of two  consecutive years during
                         the term of this Agreement, individuals who at the
                         beginning  of such period  constitute the board of
                         directors of  the Company cease for  any reason to
                         constitute at least a majority thereof, unless the
                         election of  each director who was  not a director
                         at the beginning of  such period has been approved
                         in advance by directors representing at least two-
                         thirds of  the directors  then in office  who were
                         directors at the beginning of the period; or 

                    d)   the  shareholders of  the  Company approve:  (i) a
                         plan of  complete liquidation  of the  Company; or
                         (ii) an  agreement for the sale  or disposition of
                         all or substantially all of  the Company's assets;
                         or    (iii)    a    merger,   consolidation,    or
                         reorganization  of the  Company with  or involving
                         any   other  corporation,  other  than  a  merger,
                         consolidation, or reorganization that would result
                         in   the   voting   securities   of   the  Company
                         outstanding  immediately prior  thereto continuing
                         to represent  (either by remaining  outstanding or
                         by being converted into  voting securities of  the
                         surviving entity), at least fifty percent (50%) of
                         the combined voting power of the voting securities
                         of the  Company  (or  the surviving entity,  or an
                         entity which as a  result of such transaction owns
                         the  Company or  all or  substantially all  of the
                         Company's assets either directly or through one or
                         more  subsidiaries) outstanding  immediately after
                         such merger, consolidation, or reorganization.

          7.   Payment of Deferred Compensation:

               a)   Distribution  Event:   an Executive  Officer s Accounts
                    (or relevant portion  thereof) shall be distributed  as
                    soon  as  reasonably  feasible  after  the  appropriate
                    Valuation Date  following  a Distribution  Event.   The
                    following  events,  and  no  others,  shall  constitute
                    Distribution Events:

                    i)   For  allocations to  an  Executive  Officer's  "A"
                         Account and "B"  Account, the  termination of  his
                         employment  with   the  Company  and  all  of  its
                         subsidiaries for any reason, including retirement,
                         death or disability;

                    ii)  For  allocations to  an  Executive  Officer's  "A"
                         Account  during  each  calendar  year,  the  fifth
                         anniversary  of the  end of  that year  unless the
                         Executive   Officer   elects  (by   informing  the
                         Company s Secretary) before the fourth anniversary
                         of the end of that  year to defer the distribution


                 <PAGE>


                         to  a later,  specified  date (in  which case  the
                         distribution shall  be made on  the date specified
                         by the Executive Officer); or

                    iii) For  allocations  to  an Executive  Officer's  "A"
                         Account,   the   determination   by  the   company
                         Committee  that the Executive Officer has incurred
                         a  hardship.   For purposes  of this  Paragraph, a
                         "Hardship" is  a financial burden  of the  general
                         type described in Section 10.2 of The West Company
                         Savings  Plan that  cannot reasonably  be relieved
                         through  use of  the Executive  Officer s personal
                         assets.  To apply  for a Hardship distribution, an
                         Executive   Officer   must   submit    a   written
                         application to the Company's  Secretary indicating
                         (i) the  nature of  the hardship, (ii)  the amount
                         the  Executive  Officer  needed to  alleviate  the
                         hardship, and  (iii)  the  Account  from  which  a
                         distribution,  if  approved, shall  be made.   The
                         Compensation  Committee  shall  have complete  and
                         unfettered discretion to approve or deny,  for any
                         or  no  reason,  any application  for  a  hardship
                         distribution submitted by an Executive Officer.

               Amounts  allocated  to an  Executive  Officer s  B   Account
               shall  not  be available  for distribution  under Paragraphs
               &(a)(ii) and (iii).

               b)   Valuing Accounts  for Distributions:   The value  of an
                    Executive Officer s  "A" Account and  "B" Account shall
                    be   determined  as   of  the   effective  date   of  a
                    distribution  from  the  Plan (the  "Valuation  Date"),
                    which  shall be a date selected by the Company within a
                    administratively  reasonable  time  period following  a
                    Distribution  Event.    The  relevant  portion   of  an
                    Executive  Officer's Account shall  then be distributed
                    in accordance with this Paragraph 7.

               c)   Form  of Distribution:   Except as  otherwise provided,
                    all distributions from the Plan shall be made in a cash
                    lump  sum.   For  amounts payable  upon termination  of
                    employment pursuant to Paragraph 7(a)(i),  an Executive
                    Officer  may receive the distribution  in a lump sum or
                    in five  equal annual installments.   If an installment
                    distribution is elected, the first installment shall be
                    paid  on  the  January  15  immediately  following  the
                    Executive's termination from employment, and the others
                    on January  15 of the  second, third, fourth  and fifth
                    years   following  such  termination.    The  Executive
                    Officer shall continue to  direct the investment of any
                    amount remaining in his Account and the second to fifth
                    installments shall be adjusted to take into account any
                    earnings or losses.

                    At  the  time the  Executive  Officer  elects to  defer
               Compensation pursuant to Paragraph 3, he shall elect whether
               a distribution  pursuant to Paragraph 7(a)(i)  shall be made


                <PAGE>


               in a cash  lump sum  or in five  equal annual  installments.
               This election  shall continue in effect until changed by the
               Executive Officer,  provided that  any such change  shall be
               effective  only if the Executive Officer submits appropriate
               instructions, in accordance  with administrative  procedures
               established by the Company, by December 15 of the year prior
               to the year in  the Executive Officer becomes entitled  to a
               distribution.

          8.   Designation of Beneficiary:    If  a Executive Officer  dies
               prior to  receiving the entire  balance of his  Account, any
               balance remaining in his Account shall be paid in a lump sum
               to the Executive Officer s designated beneficiary, or if the
               Executive  Officer  has  not  designated  a  beneficiary  in
               writing  to the  company s Secretary,  to  his estate.   Any
               designation of beneficiary may be revoked or modified at any
               time by the Executive Officer.

          9.   Unsecured Obligation of Company:   The Company's obligations
               t establish and maintain Accounts for each eligible electing
               Executive   Officer  and  to   make  payments   of  deferred
               compensation to him  under this  Plan shall  be the  general
               unsecured obligations of the Company.  the Company  shall be
               under no obligation to establish any separate fund, purchase
               any  annuity  contract, or  in  any other  way  make special
               provision or specifically earmark  any funds for the payment
               of  any amounts called for  under this Plan,  nor shall this
               Plan or any actions taken under or pursuant to this  Plan be
               construed  to create  a trust  of any  kind, or  a fiduciary
               relationship between the Company and any eligible  Executive
               Officer,   his   designated   beneficiary,    executors   or
               administrators,  or any  other  person or  entity.   If  the
               Company chooses to establish such a fund or purchase such an
               annuity contract  or make  any other arrangement  to provide
               for the payment of  any amounts called for under  this Plan,
               such fund contract or arrangement  shall remain part of  the
               general  assets  of  the  Company, and  no  person  claiming
               benefits  under this  Plan shall  have any right,  title, or
               interest in or to any such fund, contract or arrangement.

          10.  Withholding of  Taxes:  The  rights of  a Executive  Officer
               (and his beneficiaries) to payments under this plan shall be
               subject to the Company s obligations at any time to withhold
               from  such  payments for  any income  or  other tax  on such
               payments.

          11.  Assignability:  No portion  of a Executive Officer's Account
               may  be assigned or transferred in any manner, nor shall any
               Account  be  subject  to  anticipation or  to  voluntary  or
               involuntary alienation.

          12.  Amendments and Termination:   This Plan may be amended  by a
               Committee  of  the Board  of  Directors  consisting only  of
               Directors  not  eligible to  defer  compensation  under this
               Plan.  This Plan may be terminated at any time  by the Board
               of  Directors.   No amendment  or termination  may adversely
               affect a  Executive Officer's  Account existing on  the date

           <PAGE>



               such  amendment or  termination  is made,  nor any  election
               previously made  under the Plan  as to compensation  for the
               calendar year in which the amendment or termination occurs.

          13.  Effective Date:  The Plan shall be effective with respect to
               Executive Officer s Compensation earnedafter August 30,1994.
               Certified  True  and Correct  Copy  of the  Plan  as Amended
               Through April 28, 1998.

          [CORPORATE SEAL]         THE WEST COMPANY, INCORPORATED



                              By:  ______________________________________
                                   John R. Gailey III, Secretary







                                                              Exhibit 10 (o) 

                               THE WEST COMPANY, INCORPORATED



                          NON-QUALIFIED DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN 


                                               FOR




                                        OUTSIDE DIRECTORS

                                       ADOPTED APRIL 23, 1990
                                        REFLECTING AMENDMENT
                                     EFFECTIVE ON APRIL 28, 1998


                  <PAGE>


           
                            THE WEST COMPANY, INCORPORATED
                      NON-QUALIFIED DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN 
                                FOR OUTSIDE DIRECTORS


               The West Company  (the "Company") hereby adopts this Plan to
          defer receipt of  all or a portion of the Directors' Fees payable
          to its eligible directors:

          1.   Eligible Directors.   Directors  of the Company  eligible to
          make the election set forth in this Plan shall be those Directors
          who are  not officers or employees  of the Company or  any of its
          subsidiaries.

          2.   Deferrable Compensation.  An  eligible Director may elect to
          defer all or any part or  none of the compensation payable to him
          by the Company for services  rendered as a director  ("Directors'
          Fees").

          3.   Election  to Defer.   An  eligible Director  who desires  to
          defer payment of his  Directors' Fees in any calendar  year shall
          notify  the Company's Secretary in writing  on or before December
          15  of the  prior year, stating  how much of  his Directors' Fees
          shall be deferred.   An election so made shall be irrevocable and
          shall apply to  each calendar year thereafter  until the Director
          shall,  on  or  before  any  December  15, notify  the  Company s
          Secretary in writing that a different election shall apply to the
          following calendar years, which  election shall likewise continue
          in effect until similarly changed.

          4.   Non-Deferred Compensation.  Any Directors  Fees that are not
          deferred  under this Plan shall be paid in accordance with normal
          Company policy.

          5.   Deferred Compensation Accounts.

               (a)  Credits.  At the time that a Director makes an election
          to  defer pursuant to Paragraph  3 above, he  shall also indicate
          whether  the amount he chooses  to defer shall  be credited to an
           A  Account or to a "B" Account, as described below.  The Company
          shall then establish such an Account for that Director.

                    (i)  "A'  Account.      If a  Director  elects  an   A 
          Account, his account shall  be credited on the last  business day
          of each calendar quarter  with the amount of his  Directors' Fees
          earned during that quarter but deferred pursuant to Paragraph 3.

                    (ii) "B" Account.  If a Director  elects a "B" Account,
          his account shall  be credited on  the last business day  of each
          calendar quarter with  a number  of shares equal  to that  number
          (including  fractions) obtained  by  dividing the  amount of  his
          Directors' Fees earned during  that quarter but deferred pursuant
          to Paragraph 3, by the fair market  value of the Company's common
             
          <PAGE>




          stock ("Stock Equivalents").  Fair market value shall be equal to
          the  mean between  the high and  low prices at  which such shares
          were  traded on the New York Stock  Exchange ("NYSE") on the last
          business day of such calendar quarter, or if no sales were quoted
          on  such date, on  the most recent preceding  date on which sales
          were quoted.

               (b)  Earnings.   In addition,  the Company shall  credit the
          indicated Account as follows:

                    (i)  "A"  Account.  As of  January 1, April  1, July 1,
          and  October 1  of  each  year,  the  Company  shall  credit,  as
          earnings,  to  each   A   Account  established  on  behalf  of  a
          Director, an amount equal  to a percentage of the balance in each
          such   A  Account at the  end of the  preceding calendar quarter,
          determined without  regard  to  any addition  made  to  such   A 
          Account as of  the last  business day of  that calendar  quarter.
          Such percentage shall be equal to one-fourth of the prime rate of
          interest at  Fidelity Bank  in effect  on the  last  day of  such
          quarter.

                    (ii) "B"  Account.  As of  January 1, April  1, July 1,
          and  October 1  of  each  year,  the  Company  shall  credit,  as
          earnings,  to each  "B"  Account, an  amount  equal to  the  cash
          dividends paid during the preceding calendar quarter with respect
          to that number of shares of  its common stock equal to the number
          of  Stock Equivalents in the "B" Account on the relevant dividend
          record dates.   The amount  so credited shall  then be  converted
          into Stock  Equivalents in the manner described earlier using the
          last  day of  such preceding  calendar quarter  as the  valuation
          date.

                    In  the event of any change  in the common stock of the
          Company  by  reason  of  any  stock  dividend,  recapitalization,
          reorganization, merger, consolidation,  split-up, combination  or
          exchange of shares, or rights  offering to purchase common  stock
          at  a  price substantially  below fair  market  value, or  of any
          similar  change  affecting  the   common  stock,  the  value  and
          attributes  of  each  Stock  Equivalent  shall  be  appropriately
          adjusted consistent with  such change  to the same  extent as  if
          such  Stock  Equivalents  were, instead,  issued  and outstanding
          shares of common stock of the Company.

                    (c)  (i)  In  the  event of  a  Change  in Control  (as
          defined herein),  the full  value of  any Director's  "B" Account
          shall be credited to an "A" Account for that Director.  The value
          of  the  B   Account shall  be determined  using the  Fair Market
          Value (as  defined in Paragraph 5(a)(ii) hereof) of the Company's
          common stock on  the day before the effective date  of the Change
          in Control.

                         (ii) A "Change in Control"  shall mean a change in
          control  of a  nature that  would be  required to be  reported in
          response to Item 1 of the Current Report on Form 8-K as in effect
          on  April  28,  1998 pursuant  to  Section  13  or  15(d) of  the

          <PAGE>



          Securities  Exchange  Act  of   1934,  as  amended  (the  "Act"),
          provided, that,  without limitation, a Change in Control shall be
          deemed to have occurred if: 

                              (A)  any  "Person" (as  such term is  used in
          Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Act), other than:

                                   (1)  the Company,

                                   (2)  any  Person who on  the date hereof
                                        is  a  director or  officer  of the
                                        Company, or

                                   (3)  a  trustee   or  fiduciary  holding
                                        securities   under    an   employee
                                        benefit plan of  the Company,is  or
                                        becomes the "beneficial owner," (as
                                        defined  in  Rule  13-d3 under  the
                                        Act),  directly  or indirectly,  of
                                        securities    of    the     Company
                                        representing more than  50% of  the
                                        combined   voting   power  of   the
                                        Company's      then     outstanding
                                        securities; or 

                              (B)  during  any  period  of two  consecutive
          years during the term  of this Agreement, individuals who  at the
          beginning of such period constitute the board of directors of the
          Company  cease for any reason  to constitute at  least a majority
          thereof,  unless  the election  of each  director  who was  not a
          director at the  beginning of  such period has  been approved  in
          advance  by directors  representing  at least  two-thirds of  the
          directors then in office  who were directors at the  beginning of
          the period; or 

                              (C)  the shareholders of the Company approve:
          (A) a  plan of  complete liquidation  of the  Company; or (B)  an
          agreement for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all
          of  the Company's  assets;  or (C)  a  merger, consolidation,  or
          reorganization  of  the  Company  with  or  involving  any  other
          corporation,   other   than    a   merger,   consolidation,    or
          reorganization that would result in the voting securities  of the
          Company  outstanding  immediately  prior  thereto  continuing  to
          represent (either by remaining  outstanding or by being converted
          into voting securities  of the surviving entity),  at least fifty
          percent  (50%)  of  the  combined  voting  power  of  the  voting
          securities of the Company  (or the surviving entity, or an entity
          which as a result of such  transaction owns the Company or all or
          substantially  all of  the  Company s assets  either directly  or
          through  one or more  subsidiaries) outstanding immediately after
          such merger, consolidation, or reorganization.

               6.   Payment  of Deferred  Compensation.   The balance  in a
          Director's  Account shall be determined  on the first  day of the
          calendar  quarter  following the  calendar  quarter  in which  he

         <PAGE>



          ceases to  be a  Director of the  Company, whether  by reason  of
          death, resignation, removal, failure of re-election, or otherwise
          ("Termination Date").   The balance  in a Director's  "A" Account
          shall be  the dollar amount  credited to  such Account as  of the
          Termination  Date.  The balance in a Director's "B" Account shall
          be the dollar  amount that would  be derived if shares  of common
          stock of the  Company equal  in number to  the Stock  Equivalents
          credited to such Account as of Termination Date were sold at fair
          market value.

                    The balance  in a  Director's Account as  determined in
          the preceding  paragraph shall be paid  to him in cash  in a lump
          sum  payable during  the  month following  the Termination  Date,
          provided that an election to receive  a lump sum is made no later
          than  at the  time he  makes his  election to  defer pursuant  to
          Paragraph 3 above.

                    If  no election to receive  a lump sum  as described in
          the  preceding paragraph  is made, a  Director shall  receive the
          balance in his Account  in five equal installments, the  first on
          the January  15 immediately  following the Termination  Date, and
          the  others on January 15 of  the second, third, fourth and fifth
          years following  the  Termination  Date.   The  second  to  fifth
          installments  shall be increased by earnings that would have been
          credited  to the remaining balance if it  had been held in an "A"
          Account during the year.

               7.   Designation of  Beneficiary.  If a  Director dies prior
          to  receiving the  entire  balance of  his  Account, any  balance
          remaining  in his  Account shall  be paid  in a  lump sum  to the
          Director's  designated beneficiary,  or if  the Director  has not
          designated a  beneficiary in writing to  the Company's Secretary,
          to his estate.  Any designation of beneficiary may  be revoked or
          modified at any time by the Director.

               8.   Unsecured   Obligation  of  Company.     The  Company's
          obligations to establish and  maintain Accounts for each eligible
          electing Director  and to make payments  of deferred compensation
          to him under this Plan shall be the general unsecured obligations
          of  the Company.   The  Company shall be  under no  obligation to
          establish any separate fund, purchase any annuity contract, or in
          any  other way make special provision or specifically earmark any
          funds for the payment of any amounts  called for under this Plan,
          nor shall  this Plan or  any actions taken  under or  pursuant to
          this  Plan  be construed  to create  a trust  of  any kind,  or a
          fiduciary relationship  between  the  Company  and  any  eligible
          Director,    his    designated    beneficiary,    executors    or
          administrators,  or any other person  or entity.   If the Company
          chooses  to establish  such a  fund or  purchase such  an annuity
          contract or make any other arrangement to provide for the payment
          of  any amounts called for under this Plan, such fund contract or
          arrangement shall  remain  part  of the  general  assets  of  the
          Company, and  no person claiming  benefits under this  Plan shall
          have  any  right, title,  or  interest in  or to  any  such fund,

          <PAGE>



          contract or arrangement.

               9.   Withholding  of Taxes.   The  rights of  a Director  to
          payments  under  this  Plan shall  be  subject  to the  Company's
          obligations  at any time to  withhold from such  payments for any
          income or other tax on such payments.

               10.  Assignability.  No portion  of a Director's Account may
          be assigned or transferred  in any manner, nor shall  any Account
          be  subject  to  anticipation  or  to  voluntary  or  involuntary
          alienation.

               11.  Amendments and  Termination.  This Plan  may be amended
          by  a  Committee of  the Board  of  Directors consisting  only of
          Directors  not eligible  to defer  compensation under  this Plan.
          This  Plan  may  be  terminated  at  any  time by  the  Board  of
          Directors.   No amendment or  termination may adversely  affect a
          Director's  Account  existing  on  the  date  such  amendment  or
          termination is  made, nor any election previously  made under the
          Plan  as to  compensation  for the  calendar  year in  which  the
          amendment or termination occurs.

               12.  Effective  Date.   The  Plan  shall  be effective  with
          respect  to Director s Fees payable by the Company after December
          31, 1984.

                              *    *    *    *

          Certified  True and Correct Copy  of the Plan  as Amended Through
          April 28, 1998.


          [CORPORATE SEAL]              THE WEST COMPANY, INCORPORATED



          Date:  October 19, 1998       By: John R. Gailey III             
                                           ---------------------

                                        John R. Gailey III
                                        Vice  President,   General  Counsel
                                        and Secretary










                                                             Exhibit 10 (v)


          =================================================================


                               ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

                                        Among

                        COLLABORATIVE CLINICAL RESEARCH, INC.,
                        GFI PHARMACEUTICAL SERVICES, INC., and
                             COLLABORATIVE HOLDINGS, INC.

                                         and

                            THE WEST COMPANY, INCORPORATED



                              DATED:  December 21, 1998


          =================================================================

          <PAGE>



                                             TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                 Page No.
          <TABLE>
          <CAPTION>
          <S>  <C>                                                    <C>
          RECITALS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1

          1.   DEFINITIONS; GENERAL PROVISIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . .   1
               1.2   General Provisions; Incorporation of Recitals. . .  10

          2.   PURCHASE AND SALE OF ASSETS; CLOSING . . . . . . . . . .  11
               2.1   Acquired Assets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11
               2.2   Assumption of Liabilities; Excluded Liabilities  .  11
               2.3   Purchase Price Amount; Estimated Purchase Price  .  11
               2.4   Final Closing Date Balance Sheet . . . . . . . . .  12
               2.5   Purchase Price Adjustment for 
                     Uncollected Receivables  . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14
               2.6   Closing Deliveries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15
               2.7   Closing  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  16
               2.8   Allocation of the Purchase Price . . . . . . . . .  16

          3.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLERS  . . . . . . .  17
               3.1   Organization and Good Standing . . . . . . . . . .  17
               3.2   Authority; No Conflict . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
               3.3   Financial Statements; Accounts Receivable  . . . .  18
               3.4   Books and Records  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19
               3.5   Title To Assets; Encumbrances  . . . . . . . . . .  19
               3.6   Condition and Sufficiency of Assets  . . . . . . .  20
               3.7   No Undisclosed Liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . .  21
               3.8   Taxes  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  21
               3.9   No Material Adverse Change . . . . . . . . . . . .  22
               3.10  Employee Benefits  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  22
               3.11  Compliance With Legal Requirements; Governmental
                     Authorizations  . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  22
               3.12  Legal Proceedings; Orders  . . . . . . . . . . . .  23
               3.13  Absence of Certain Changes and Events  . . . . . .  24
               3.14  Contracts; No Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  25
               3.15  Insurance  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  27
               3.16  Environmental Matters  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  28
               3.17  Employees  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  30
               3.18  Labor Disputes; Compliance . . . . . . . . . . . .  30
               3.19  Intellectual Property  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  30
               3.20  Relationships With Related Persons . . . . . . . .  31
               3.21  Brokers or Finders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  31
               3.22  Disclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  32

          4.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER  . . . . . . . .  32
               4.1   Organization and Good Standing . . . . . . . . . .  32
               4.2   Authority; No Conflict . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  32
               4.3   Certain Proceedings  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  33
               4.4   Brokers or Finders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  33

          5.   COVENANTS OF SELLERS PRIOR TO AND FOLLOWING CLOSING DATE  33
 
          <PAGE>  



               5.1   Access and Investigation . . . . . . . . . . . . .  33
               5.2   Operation of the Clinical Business of Sellers.   .  33
               5.3   Negative Covenant  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  34
               5.4   Required Approvals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  34
               5.5   Notification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  34
               5.6   No Negotiation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  35
               5.7   Best Efforts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  36
               5.8   HSR Act Filing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  36
               5.9   Labor Matters  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  36
               5.10  Subsequent Financial Statements  . . . . . . . . .  37
               5.11  Excluded Liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  37
               5.12  Voting of Shares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  38
               5.13  Collaborative Shareholder Approvals  . . . . . . .  38

          6.   COVENANTS OF BUYER PRIOR TO CLOSING DATE . . . . . . . .  38
               6.1   Approvals of Governmental Bodies . . . . . . . . .  38
               6.2   Best Efforts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  38

          7.   CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO BUYER'S OBLIGATION TO CLOSE  . .  38
               7.1   Accuracy of Representations  . . . . . . . . . . .  39
               7.2   Sellers' Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  39
               7.3   Consents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  39
               7.4   Additional Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  39
               7.5   No Proceedings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  39
               7.6   No Prohibition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  40
               7.7   HSR Act  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  40
               7.8   Bulk Sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  40
               7.9   No Material Adverse Change . . . . . . . . . . . .  40

          8.   CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO SELLERS' OBLIGATION TO CLOSE . .  40
               8.1   Accuracy of Representations  . . . . . . . . . . .  41
               8.2   Buyer's Performance  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  41
               8.3   Consents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  41
               8.4   Additional Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  41
               8.5   Shareholder Approval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  41
               8.6   No Injunction  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  42

          9.   TERMINATION  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  42
               9.1   Termination Events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  42
               9.2   Effect of Termination  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  43
               9.3   Termination Fee; Expense Fee . . . . . . . . . . .  43

          10.  INDEMNIFICATION; REMEDIES  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  43
               10.1  Survival . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  43
               10.2  Indemnification and Reimbursement by Sellers . . .  43
               10.3  Indemnification and Reimbursement by Buyer . . . .  44
               10.4  Procedure for Indemnification - Third Party Claims  45
               10.5  Limitation of Claims . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  46

          11.  GENERAL PROVISIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  47
               11.1  Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  47
               11.2  Public Announcements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  47
               11.3  Confidentiality  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  47
               11.4  Notices  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  47


         <PAGE>


               11.5  Jurisdiction; Service of Process . . . . . . . . .  48
               11.6  Further Assurances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  49
               11.7  Waiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  49
               11.8  Entire Agreement and Modification  . . . . . . . .  49
               11.9  Schedules  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  49
               11.10 Assignments, Successors, and No Third-Party Rights  49
               11.11 Severability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  50
               11.12 Section Headings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  50
               11.13 Time of Essence  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  50
               11.14 Governing Law  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  50
               11.15 Counterparts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  50
               11.16 Use of Name  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  50
               11.17 Records Retention  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  50
               11.18 Joinder by DataTRAK  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  51
          </TABLE>







          EXHIBITS
          --------
          <TABLE>
          <CAPTION>
          <S>        <C>  <C>
          A          -    Acquired Assets
          B          -    Assumed Liabilities
          C          -    Escrow Agreement
          D          -    Intentionally Omitted
          E          -    Excluded Assets
          F          -    Non-Competition Agreement
          G          -    Seller Agreement
          H          -    Sellers' Certificate
          I          -    Assumption Agreement
          J          -    Buyer's Certificate
          K          -    Allocation of Purchase Price
          L          -    Management Letter
          M          -    Opinion of Calfee, Halter & Griswold LLP
          N          -    Opinion of Buyer's Counsel

          SCHEDULES
          ---------
          A          -    Sellers' Management Personnel (for purposes of
                          Knowledge definition)
          2.6(a)(ix) -    Terms of Sublease Agreement
          3.1        -    Jurisdictions of Incorporation
          3.2(b)     -    Conflicts; Consents
          3.3        -    Financial Statements
          3.5(b)     -    Facilities
          3.6        -    Condition of Certain Assets
          3.7        -    Undisclosed Liabilities
          3.8        -    Contested Taxes; Assessments
          3.10       -    Employee Benefit Plans
          3.11(a)    -    Compliance with Legal Requirements, etc.
          3.11(b)    _    Governmental Authorizations
          3.12       -    Proceedings; Orders
          3.13       -    Absence of Certain Changes
          3.14       -    Contracts
          3.15       -    Insurance
          3.16       -    Environmental Matters
          3.17       -    Employees
          3.18       -    Labor Disputes, etc.
          3.19       -    Intellectual Property Assets
          3.20       -    Relationships with Related Persons
          3.22       -    Material Adverse Changes
          5.9(d)     -    Employee Severance Obligations
          </TABLE>

         <PAGE>



                               ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
                              -------------------------

                     THIS ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT (the "Agreement") is
          made this 21st day of December, 1998, by and among THE WEST
          COMPANY, INCORPORATED, a Pennsylvania corporation (the "Buyer"),
          and COLLABORATIVE CLINICAL RESEARCH, INC., an Ohio corporation,
          ("Collaborative"), GFI PHARMACEUTICAL SERVICES, INC., an Indiana 
          corporation and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Collaborative
          ("GFI"), and COLLABORATIVE HOLDINGS, INC., an Ohio corporation
          and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Collaborative ("CHI")
          (Collaborative, GFI, and CHI being each sometimes individually
          referred to herein as a "Seller" and being collectively referred 
          to as the "Sellers"; GFI and CHI are sometimes collectively
          referred to herein as the "Selling Subsidiaries").


                                       RECITALS
                                      ---------
               A.   The Sellers are engaged in various businesses,
          including the business of providing clinical research and "over-
          the-counter" drug testing and related services (such business, as
          heretofore conducted by Collaborative and the Selling
          Subsidiaries, being collectively referred to herein as the
          "Clinical Business").  The Sellers also engage in activities
          other than the Clinical Business.


               B.   The Sellers desire to sell, and Buyer desires to
          purchase, substantially all of the assets of the Sellers relating
          to or used in the Clinical Business for the consideration and on 
          the terms set forth in this Agreement.

               C.   Buyer is not assuming any liabilities or obligations of
          or relating to any Seller or the Business except as expressly
          provided in this Agreement, and the parties do not intend in any 
          way to effectuate a merger or consolidation.


                                      AGREEMENT
                                      ----------
               For good and valuable consideration, the receipt and
          sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto,
          each intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:


               1.   DEFINITIONS; GENERAL PROVISIONS.
                    --------------------------------
                    1.1   For purposes of this Agreement and the Exhibits
          and Schedules attached hereto, the following terms shall have the
          meanings specified or referred to below in this Section 1:

                    "ACQUIRED ASSETS" - As defined in Exhibit A.

          <PAGE>



                    "ACQUISITION PROPOSAL" - As defined in Section 5.6(a).

                    "ASSIGNED CONTRACT" - Any Contract which is designated 
          as an "Assigned Contract" in Exhibit A and assigned to Buyer by
          Seller.


                    "ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT" - As defined in
          Section 2.6(b)(ii)

                    "ASSUMED LIABILITIES" - As defined in Exhibit B.

                    "BASE AMOUNT" - As defined in Section 2.3(a).


                    "BREACH" - A "BREACH" of a representation, warranty,
          covenant, obligation or other provision of this Agreement or any 
          Related Agreement will be deemed to have occurred if there is or 
          has been (a) any inaccuracy in or breach of, or any failure to
          perform or comply with, such representation, warranty, covenant, 
          obligation or other provision, or (b) any claim or other
          occurrence or circumstance that is or was inconsistent with such 
          representation, warranty, covenant, obligation or other
          provision, and the term "Breach" means any such inaccuracy,
          breach, failure, claim, occurrence, or circumstance.

                    "BUYER" - As defined in the heading of this Agreement.


                    "CHI" - As defined in the heading of this Agreement.

                    "CHI FACILITY" - The laboratory and related facilities 
          leased by and operated by the WCE division of CHI and situate at 
          6963 Hillsdale Court, Building 46250, Indianapolis, Indiana
          32796.


                     "CLINICAL BUSINESS" - As defined in Paragraph A of the
          Recitals.

                    "CLOSING" - As defined in Section 2.7.


                    "CLOSING CASH PAYMENT" - As defined as
          Section 2.3(d)(i).

                    "CLOSING DATE" - The date and time as of which the
          Closing actually takes place.


                    "CLOSING DATE NET WORKING CAPITAL" - The Net Working
          Capital as of the Closing Date, as determined by reference to the
          Final Closing Date Balance Sheet.

          <PAGE>



                    "CODE" - The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended,
          or any successor law, and any regulations issued by the IRS
          pursuant to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any
          successor law.

                    "COLLABORATIVE" - As defined in the heading of this
          Agreement.


                    "COLLABORATIVE BOARD" - The Board of Directors of
          Collaborative.

                    "COLLABORATIVE PREMISES" - Collectively the office
          space leased by Collaborative and situate in the Tower Building, 
          20600 Chagrin Boulevard, Suite 1050, Cleveland, Ohio 44122.

                    "CONFIDENTIALLY AGREEMENT" - The confidentiality
          agreement dated as of July 31, 1998, among the Buyer and the
          Sellers.


                    "CONSENT" - Any approval, consent, ratification,
          waiver, or other authorization (including any Governmental
          Authorization).

                    "CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTIONS" - All of the transactions
          described in this Agreement and each of the Related Agreements.


                    "CONTRACT" - Any agreement, contract, obligation,
          promise, undertaking, letter of intent, or memorandum of
          understanding (whether written or oral and whether express or
          implied) that is legally binding.

                    "CURRENT ASSETS" - At any applicable time, all assets
          included in the Acquired Assets which, in accordance with GAAP,
          should be classified as current assets of Sellers (after
          eliminating inter-company items).


                    "CURRENT LIABILITIES" - At any applicable time, all
          liabilities included in the Assumed Liabilities which, in
          accordance with GAAP, should be classified as current liabilities
          of Sellers.

                    "DAMAGES" - As defined in Section 10.2.


                    "DATATRAK" - DataTRAK, Inc., an Ohio corporation and
          wholly-owned subsidiary of Collaborative.

                    "EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS" - All "Plans" (as defined in
          ERISA  3(3)) of which Seller is or was a "Plan Sponsor" or to

         <PAGE>



          which Seller otherwise contributes or has contributed or in which
          Seller otherwise participates or has participated.

                    "ENCUMBRANCE" - Any charge, claim, community property
          interest, condition, equitable interest, lien, option, pledge,
          security interest, right of first refusal or restriction of any
          kind.


                    "ENVIRONMENTAL, HEALTH AND SAFETY LIABILITIES" - Any
          Damages, Liabilities, or other responsibility arising from or
          under any Environmental Law or Occupational Safety and Health
          Law.

                    "ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS" - All Legal Requirements
          (including rules, regulations, codes, plans, injunctions,
          judgments, Orders, policies, decrees, rulings and charges
          thereunder) concerning pollution or protection of the
          environment, including laws relating to emissions, discharges,
          Releases, or threatened Releases of pollutants, contaminants, or 
          Hazardous Materials into ambient air, surface water, groundwater,
          or lands or otherwise relating to the manufacture, processing,
          distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport, or
          handling of Hazardous Materials, including, but not limited to,
          the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and
          Liability Act of 1980, 42 U.S.C. '' 9601 et seq., the Emergency
          Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act of 1986, 42 U.S.C.
          '' 1001 et seq., the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of
          1976, 42 C.S.C. '' 6901 et seq., each as amended from time to
          time.

                    "ERISA" - The Employee Retirement Income Security Act
          of 1974 or any successor law, and regulations and rules issued
          pursuant thereto or to any successor law.


                    "ESCROW AGREEMENT" - The Escrow Agreement among Buyer, 
          Sellers, and Escrow Holder, the form of which is attached hereto 
          as Exhibit C.

                    "ESCROW DEPOSIT" - As defined in Section 2.3(d)(ii).


                    "ESCROW HOLDER" - An independent third party jointly
          selected by the Buyer and the Sellers prior to the Closing Date
          to serve as the escrow holder pursuant to the Escrow Agreement.

                    "ESTIMATED CLOSING DATE NET WORKING CAPITAL" - As
          defined in Section 2.3(b).


                    "ESTIMATED PURCHASE PRICE" - As defined in
          Section 2.3(a).

          <PAGE>



                    "EXCLUDED ASSETS" -  As defined in Exhibit D.

                    "EXCLUDED LIABILITIES" - As defined in Section 2.2.


                    "EXPENSE FEE" - As defined in Section 9.3.

                    "FACILITIES" - Any real property, leaseholds, or other 
          interests currently owned or operated by any Seller and used in
          connection with the Clinical Business, and any buildings, plants,
          structures or equipment currently owned, leased or operated by
          any Sellers and used in connection with the Clinical Business or 
          which otherwise comprise a part of the Clinical Business
          (including, but not limited to, the Leased Properties).

                    "FDA" - The United States Food and Drug Administration,
          together with any department thereof.


                    "FINAL CLOSING DATE STATEMENT" - As defined in
          Section 2.4(a).

                    "FINANCIAL STATEMENTS" - Collectively, the Prior
          Financial Statements and the Interim Financial Statements.


                    "GAAP" - At any particular time, generally accepted
          accounting principles as in effect in the United States at such
          time.

                    "GFI" - As defined in the heading of this Agreement.


                    "GFI FACILITY" - Collectively, the clinical and
          laboratory testing facility leased by GFI and situate in the
          Saint Mary's Medical Center, 800 Saint Mary's Drive, Evansville, 
          Indiana 47714.

                    "GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORIZATION" - Any Consent, license or 
          permit issued, granted or given by or under the authority of any 
          Governmental Body or pursuant to any Legal Requirement.


                    "GOVERNMENTAL BODY" - Any federal, state, local,
          municipal, foreign or other governmental or quasi-governmental
          entity or authority of any nature (including, without limitation,
          the FDA).

                    "HAZARDOUS MATERIALS" - Any pollutants, contaminants,
          toxic or hazardous or extremely hazardous substances, materials, 
          wastes, constituents, compounds, chemicals, natural or man-made
          elements or forces (including, but not limited to, petroleum or
          any byproducts or fractions thereof, any form of natural gas,

         <PAGE>



          Bevill Amendment materials, lead, asbestos, and asbestos-
          containing materials, building construction materials and debris,
          polychlorinated biphenyls ("PCBs") and PCB-containing equipment, 
          radon and other radioactive elements, ionizing radiation,
          electromagnetic field radiation and other non-ionizing radiation,
          sonic forces and other natural forces, infectious, carcinogenic, 
          mutagenic, or etiologic agents, pesticides, defoliants,
          explosives, flammables, corrosives, and urea formaldehyde foam
          insulation) that is now or has heretofore been regulated by or
          may now form the basis for Liabilities under, any Environmental
          Laws, whether or not listed or classified in any Environmental
          Laws.

                    "HSR ACT" - The Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust
          Improvements Act of 1976, as amended.


                    "INDEMNIFIED PERSONS" - As defined in Section 10.2.

                    "INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY ASSETS" - As defined in
          Section 3.19.

                    "INTERIM BALANCE SHEET" - As defined in Section 3.5(a).


                    "INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS" - As defined in
          Section 3.3(a)(ii).

                    "IRS" - The Internal Revenue Service.


                    "KNOWLEDGE" - An individual will be deemed to have
          "Knowledge" of a particular fact or matter if:

                          (a)  such individual is aware of such fact or
               other matter; or


                          (b)  a prudent individual could be expected to
               discover or otherwise become aware of such fact or other
               matter in the course of conducting a reasonably
               comprehensive investigation concerning the existence of such
               fact or other matter.

          A Seller will be deemed to have "Knowledge" of a particular fact 
          or other matter if any of the following Persons has, or at any
          time had, Knowledge of such fact or other matter: (1) any
          individual who, as of the date hereof and during any period
          hereafter through and including the Closing Date, is serving as a
          director or officer of any Seller; or (2) any member of Sellers' 
          management identified on Schedule A hereto.


                    "LAB SERVICE CONTRACT" - Any Contract to which any

           <PAGE>



          Seller is a party relating to laboratory and related services
          utilized in connection with clinical research studies conducted.

                    "LEASED PROPERTIES" and "LEASED PROPERTY" -
          Collectively or individually, as appropriate, the Collaborative
          Premises, the GFI Facility, and the CHI Facility.


                    "LEASES" and "LEASE" - Collectively or individually, as
          appropriate, the leases relating to the Leased Properties and
          more particularly described in EXHIBIT A.  

                    "LEGAL REQUIREMENT" - Any federal, state, local,
          municipal, foreign, international, multi-national, or other law, 
          ordinance, regulation, statute or treaty (including, without
          limitation, rules and regulations promulgated by the FDA).

                    "LIABILITIES" - Any debts, obligations, or liabilities 
          of any nature (including, but not limited to, any unknown,
          undisclosed, unaccrued, unasserted, contingent, or conditional
          debt, obligation, or liability), regardless of whether such
          debts, obligations, or liabilities would be required to be
          disclosed on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP.


                    "MARKS" - As defined in Section 3.19(a).

                    "MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT" - A material adverse effect
          upon the financial condition of any Seller or the Clinical
          Business.


                    "NET WORKING CAPITAL" - As at any applicable time,
          (i) Current Assets minus (ii) Current Liabilities.

                    "NON-COMPETITION AGREEMENT" - As defined in
          Section 2.6(a)(i).


                    "OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH LAW" - Any Legal
          Requirement designed to provide safe and healthful working
          conditions, and to reduce occupational safety and health hazards,
          and any program, whether governmental or private, designed to
          provide safe and healthful working conditions.

                    "ORDER" - Any award, decision, injunction, judgment,
          order, ruling, subpoena, or verdict entered, issued, made, or
          rendered by any court, administrative agency, or other
          Governmental Body or by any arbitrator.


                    "ORDINARY COURSE OF CLINICAL BUSINESS" - An action
          taken by a Person will be deemed to have been taken in the
          "Ordinary Course of Clinical Business" only if:

         <PAGE>



                          (a)  such action is consistent with the past
               practices of such Person and is taken in the ordinary course
               of the normal operations of such Person;

                          (b)  such action is not required to be authorized
               by the board of directors of such Person (or by any Person
               or group of Persons exercising similar authority), and does 
               not require any other separate or special authorization; and


                          (c)  such action is similar in nature and
               magnitude to actions customarily taken, without any separate
               or special authorization, in the ordinary course of the
               operations of other Persons that are engaged in the same
               type or line of business as such Person.

                    "PATENTS" - As defined in Section 3.19(a)(ii).

                    "PERSON" - Any individual, corporation, general or
          limited partnership, limited liability company, joint venture,
          estate, trust, association, organization, or other entity or
          Governmental Body.


                    "PRIOR FINANCIAL STATEMENTS" - As defined in
          Section 3.3(a)(i).

                    "PROCEEDING" - Any action, arbitration, audit, hearing,
          investigation, litigation, or suit (whether civil, criminal,
          administrative, investigative or informal) commenced, brought,
          conducted, or heard by or before, or otherwise involving, any
          Governmental Body or arbitrator.


                    "PURCHASE PRICE" - As defined in Section 2.3(a).

                    "RELATED AGREEMENTS" - All agreements, documents,
          certificates and instruments to be delivered pursuant to this
          Agreement or the Contemplated Transactions, including, without
          limitation, the Assignment and Assumption Agreement, the Escrow
          Agreement, the Non-Competition Agreement, the Sublease Agreement,
          and the Seller Agreements.


                    "RELATED PERSON" - With respect to a particular
          individual shall mean:

                          (a)  each other member of such individual's
               family;


                          (b)  any Person that is directly or indirectly
               controlled by any one or more members of such individual's
               family;

          <PAGE>



                          (c)  any Person in which members of such
               individual's family hold (individually or in the aggregate) 
               a material interest; and

                          (d)  any Person with respect to which one or more
               members of such individual's family serves as a director,
               officer, partner, or trustee (or in a similar capacity).


          With respect to a specified Person other than an individual shall
          mean:

                          (a)  any Person that directly or indirectly
               controls, is directly or indirectly controlled by, or is
               directly or indirectly under common control with such
               specified Person;

                          (b)  each Person that serves as a director,
               officer, partner, or trustee of such specified Person (or in
               a similar capacity); and


                          (c)  any Person in which specified Person holds a
               material interest.

                    "RELEASE" - Any spilling, leaking, pumping, pouring,
          emitting, emptying, discharging, ejecting, escaping, dumping or
          other dissemination.


                    "REPRESENTATIVE" - With respect to a particular Person,
          any director, officer, employee, agent, consultant, advisor, or
          other representative of such Person, including legal counsel,
          accountants and financial advisors.

                    "SEC" - The Securities Exchange Commission, or any
          successor agency.


                    "SELLERS" and "SELLER" - As defined in the heading of
          this Agreement.


                    "SELLER AGREEMENTS" - As defined in Section 2.6(a)(ii).



                    "SELLING SUBSIDIARIES" - As defined in the heading of
          this Agreement.



                    "SITE CONTRACTS" - Collectively, any Contract to which 
            <PAGE>




          any Seller is a party with hospitals, physicians, clinics, and
          other sites, pursuant to which such sites conduct clinical
          studies for and on behalf of such Seller.

                    "SPONSOR" - Collectively, each pharmaceutical company, 
          biotechnology company, and contract research organization which
          is a party to the Sponsor Contracts.


                    "SPONSOR CONTRACTS" - Collectively, any Contract to
          which any Seller is a party with a pharmaceutical company,
          biotechnology company, and contract research organization,
          pursuant to which such Seller has agreed to provide, or cause to 
          be provided, clinical studies for and on behalf of such company
          or organization.

                    "SUBLEASE AGREEMENT" - As defined in Section
          2.6(a)(ix).

                    "SUPERIOR PROPOSAL" - As defined in Section 5.6(b).


                    "SUPPLEMENTAL CLOSING" - As defined in Section 2.4(c).

                    "TAX" - Any tax, levy, assessment, tariff, duty,
          deficiency or other fee, and any related charge or amount
          imposed, assessed or collected by or under the authority of any
          Governmental Body.


                    "TAX ALLOCATION" - The manner in which the Purchase
          Price is allocated among the Acquired Assets pursuant to
          Section 2.7.

                    "TAX RETURN" - Any return, report, form or other
          document or information filed with or submitted to, or required
          to be filed with or submitted to, any Governmental Body in
          connection with the determination, assessment, collection, or
          payment of any Tax.


                    "TERMINATION FEE" - As defined in Section 9.3.

                    "THREATENED" - A Proceeding, claim, dispute or other
          matter will be deemed to have been "Threatened" if any demand or 
          statement has been made (orally or in writing) or any notice has 
          been given (orally or in writing), or if any other event has
          occurred or any other circumstances exist, which could reasonably
          be expected to result in such a Proceeding, claim, dispute or
          other matter.  


                    "34 ACT" - The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
          amended, and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

          <PAGE>



                    "THRESHOLD AMOUNT" - As defined in Section 10.5(b).

                    "UNCOLLECTED RECEIVABLES" - As defined in Section 2.5.


                    "WARN" - The Worker Adjustment and Retraining
          Notification Act (29 U.S.C. '' 2101 et seq.) and the regulations 
          adopted pursuant thereto.

                    1.2   General Provisions; Incorporation of Recitals.

                          (a)  Unless expressly provided otherwise in this 
          Agreement or the Related Agreements, or unless the context
          requires otherwise:


                               (i)  all capitalized terms used in the
               Related Agreements that are defined in this Agreement shall 
               have the respective meanings assigned to them herein;

                               (ii)  all accounting terms used in this
               Agreement and in the Related Agreements shall have the
               meanings given to them in accordance with GAAP;


                               (iii)  the singular shall mean the plural,
               the plural shall mean the singular, and the use of any
               gender shall include all genders; and all references to any 
               particular party defined herein shall be deemed to refer to 
               each and every Person defined herein as such party
               individually, and to all of them, collectively, jointly and 
               severally, as though each were named wherever the applicable
               defined term is used;

                               (iv)  all references to "Sections" shall be 
               deemed to refer to the provision of this Agreement and all
               references to "Schedules" and "Exhibits" shall be deemed to 
               refer to the schedules and exhibits annexed to this
               Agreement, as appropriate;


                               (v)  all references to time herein shall
               mean Eastern Standard Time or Eastern Daylight Time, as then
               in effect; and 

                               (vi)  all references to sections,
               subsections, paragraphs or other provisions of any Legal
               Requirement that consists of a law, ordinance, regulation,
               statute or treaty, shall be deemed to include successor,
               amended, renumbered and replacement provisions thereof.


                               (vii)  the word "including" shall not limit 
               the preceding words or terms.

                 <PAGE>



                          (b)  The recitals set forth above (including,
          without limitation, the defined terms set forth therein) are
          hereby incorporated by reference into this Agreement and made a
          part hereof as if set forth in their entirety in this
          Section 1.2(b).

               2.   PURCHASE AND SALE OF ASSETS; CLOSING


                    2.1   Acquired Assets.  On and subject to the terms and
          conditions of this Agreement, Buyer agrees to purchase from
          Sellers, and Sellers agree to sell, transfer, convey and deliver 
          to Buyer, all of the Acquired Assets at the Closing for the
          consideration specified in Section 2.3 and also in consideration 
          of the covenants of Buyer set forth herein.  Sellers shall
          specifically retain, and the Acquired Assets shall not include,
          any of the Excluded Assets.

                    2.2   Assumption of Liabilities; Excluded Liabilities. 
           On and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement,
          Buyer agrees to assume and become responsible for all of the
          Assumed Liabilities at the Closing.  Notwithstanding anything in 
          this Agreement or any of the Exhibits or Schedules attached
          hereto to the contrary, Buyer will not assume or have any
          responsibility for or with respect to, or purchase the Acquired
          Assets subject to, any Liabilities of any nature whatsoever
          (collectively, the "Excluded Liabilities") which are not
          expressly included within the definition of "Assumed
          Liabilities."  

                    2.3   Purchase Price Amount; Estimated Purchase Price.


                          (a)  Subject to adjustment as provided in
          Section 2.5 and the other provisions of this Section 2.3, the
          purchase price for the Acquired Assets shall be an amount equal
          to (i) Fifteen Million Dollars ($15,000,000) (the "Base Amount")
          PLUS (ii) the Closing Date Net Working Capital (if positive)
          MINUS (iii) the Closing Date Net Working Capital (if negative)
          (the amount calculated pursuant to the foregoing being referred
          to herein as the "Purchase Price").

                          (b)  The parties hereto recognize and acknowledge
          that they will be unable to calculate the Closing Date Net
          Working Capital until after the Closing in accordance with the
          provisions of Section 2.4.  Accordingly, the parties hereto have 
          agreed to calculate the Purchase Price on the Closing Date based 
          upon an estimate of the Closing Date Net Working Capital (the
          "Estimated Closing Date Net Working Capital").  The parties
          hereto shall mutually agree upon the Estimated Closing Date Net
          Working Capital within fifteen (15) days prior to the Closing
          Date based upon and determined by reference to the financial
          statements of the Sellers as of the date on which the Estimated


           <PAGE>


          Closing Date Net Working Capital is determined, and such other
          information which Buyer may require in connection therewith.  The
          parties hereto shall set forth their agreement with respect to
          the Estimated Closing Date Net Working Capital in a written
          instrument signed by them and which shall be attached to and
          become a part of this Agreement.

                          (c)  At the Closing and for purposes thereof, the
          Purchase Price shall be estimated in an amount equal to (i) the
          Base Amount PLUS (ii) the Estimated Closing Date Net Working
          Capital (if positive) MINUS (iii) the Estimated Closing Date Net 
          Working Capital (if negative) (the amount calculated pursuant to 
          the foregoing being referred to herein as the "Estimated Purchase
          Price").


                          (d)  The Estimated Purchase Price shall be
          payable as follows:

                               (i)  an amount equal to the Estimated
               Purchase Price LESS the Escrow Deposit (the "Closing Cash
               Payment") shall be paid by the Buyer to the Sellers at the
               Closing by means of wire transfer of immediately available
               funds to an account or accounts designated by the Sellers,
               in writing, at least three (3) business days prior to the
               Closing Date.

                               (ii) the sum of One Million Dollars
               ($1,000,000) (the "Escrow Deposit") shall be paid by the
               Buyer to the Escrow Holder at the Closing by means of wire
               transfer of immediately available funds to an account
               designed by the Escrow Agent, in writing, at least three (3)
               business days prior to the Closing Date, to be held in
               escrow by the Escrow Holder pursuant to the Escrow Agreement
               for (A) the payment of any sums due to the Buyer under
               Sections 2.4(c)(ii) and 2.5 hereof, and (B) the payment and 
               satisfaction of indemnity claims of the Buyer hereunder
               after the Closing, all in accordance with and subject to the
               provisions of the Escrow Agreement.


                    2.4   Final Closing Date Balance Sheet; Calculation of 
          Closing Date Net Working Capital.

                          (a)  As soon as practicable, but in no event
          later than sixty (60) days after the Closing Date, Buyer will
          prepare and deliver to Sellers a statement of Acquired Assets and
          Assumed Liabilities as of the Closing Date setting forth Buyer's 
          calculation of the Closing Date Net Working Capital by reference 
          thereto (such statement of Acquired Assets and Assumed
          Liabilities, including Buyer's calculation of Closing Date Net
          Working Capital, being referred to as the "Final Closing Date
          Statement").  The Final Closing Date Statement shall be prepared 

            <PAGE>



          in a manner consistent with the preparation of the Financial
          Statement (provided that the Financial Statements have been
          prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied).

                          (b)  Upon the completion of the Final Closing
          Date Statement, a copy thereof shall be delivered to Sellers. 
          Sellers shall have the right, for a period of fifteen (15) days
          following their receipt thereof, to review the Final Closing Date
          Statement to determine whether the Final Closing Date Statement
          was prepared in accordance with the provisions hereof.  If,
          following such review, Sellers determine that the Final Closing
          Date Statement was not prepared in accordance with the provisions
          hereof and that Buyer's calculation of Closing Date Net Working
          Capital is in error as a result thereof, Sellers shall so notify 
          Buyer.  For a period of fifteen (15) days following the receipt
          of such notice, Buyer and Sellers shall attempt to resolve any
          such dispute with respect to the Final Closing Date Statement. 
          If, at the expiration of such fifteen (15) day period, Buyer and 
          Sellers are not able to resolve such dispute, within the three
          (3) day period immediately following the expiration of such
          fifteen (15) day period, the Buyer and Sellers shall promptly
          submit to the Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania office of any "big five"
          firm of independent, certified public accountants recommended by 
          the Pennsylvania Institute of Certified Public Accountants
          (provided that such accountants do not then serve as accountants 
          to Buyer or Seller), which firm shall resolve all matters in
          dispute with respect to the Final Closing Date Balance Sheet
          within the fifteen (15) day period immediately following such
          submission and whose determination shall be final, binding and
          conclusive upon Buyer and Sellers.  The fees of any such
          independent, certified public accounting firm shall be borne
          equally by Buyer and Sellers.


                          (c)  At a supplemental closing to be held within 
          the later of ninety (90) days after the Closing Date or ten (10) 
          days after the final determination of the Final Closing Date
          Statement and calculation of the Closing Date Net Working Capital
          pursuant to Section 2.4(b) (the "Supplemental Closing"), payment 
          shall be made from Buyer to Sellers or Sellers to Buyer, as
          appropriate, to take into account any difference between the
          Estimated Purchase Price (based upon the Estimated Closing Date
          Net Working Capital) and the Purchase Price (based upon the
          actual Closing Date Net Working Capital).  Such difference, if
          any, will be paid as follows:

                                    (i)  If the Purchase Price EXCEEDS the 
               Estimated Purchase Price, at the Supplemental Closing,
               Sellers will be entitled to receive from Buyer an amount
               equal to such excess, which shall be paid by Buyer by means 
               of wire transfer of immediately available funds to an
               account or accounts designated by Seller in writing.  




         <PAGE>
                                    (ii) If the Estimated Purchase Price
               EXCEEDS the Purchase Price, Buyer will be entitled to
               receive from the Escrow Holder funds from the Escrow Deposit
               in an amount equal to such excess, which amount shall be
               paid by Escrow Holder pursuant to the terms of the Escrow
               Agreement at the Supplemental Closing by means of wire
               transfer of immediately available funds to an account or
               accounts designated by Buyer in writing.  If the amount by
               which the Estimated Purchase Price EXCEEDS the Purchase
               Price is greater than the Escrow Deposit, Sellers will pay
               to Buyer an amount equal to such excess which shall be paid 
               by Sellers at the Supplemental Closing by means of wire
               transfer of immediately available funds to an account or
               accounts designated by Buyer in writing.

                    2.5   Purchase Price Adjustment for Uncollected
          Receivables.  Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the
          contrary, to the extent that all or any portion of the accounts
          receivable of Sellers included in the Acquired Assets (net of any
          reserve therefor reflected in the Final Closing Date Balance
          Sheet), including both billed and unbilled accounts receivable,
          are not collected in full and in cash by the Buyer in the
          ordinary course of its business and using the Buyer's customary
          collection practices (without resort to legal proceedings),
          within one hundred eighty (180) days after the Closing Date
          (collectively, the "Uncollected Receivables") there shall be a
          dollar-for-dollar reduction in the Purchase Price in an amount
          equal to the aggregate amount of the Uncollected Receivables. 
          Any adjustment to the Purchase Price pursuant to this Section 2.5
          shall be paid in the manner provided by Section 2.4(c)(ii). 
          Following the satisfaction by the Sellers of all of their
          obligations under this Section 2.5, the Buyer shall, if requested
          by the Sellers, assign and transfer (without recourse,
          representation, or warranty) to Sellers all of Buyer's right,
          title, and interest in, to, and under the Uncollected
          Receivables, pursuant to a written instrument of assignment
          reasonably satisfactory to Buyer and Sellers; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, 
          Sellers shall not disrupt the Clinical Business conducted by
          Buyer in connection with any effort by Sellers to collect the
          Uncollected Receivables following such assignment and transfer
          thereof.  The parties further agree that if the Buyer collects in
          cash an aggregate amount in respect of billed and unbilled
          accounts receivable of the Sellers included in the Acquired
          Assets (net of any reserve therefor reflected in the Final
          Closing Date Balance Sheet) which is in excess of such billed and
          unbilled accounts receivable reflected in the Final Closing Date 
          Balance Sheet (net of the aforesaid reserve) as of the date which
          is one hundred eighty (180) days after the Closing Date, the
          Purchase Price shall be increased, dollar-for-dollar, by an
          amount equal to such excess (such Purchase Price increase to be
          paid in the manner provided by the provisions of Section
          2.4(c)(i)).

          <PAGE>



                    2.6   Closing Deliveries.  At the Closing:

                          (a)  Sellers will deliver, or cause to be
          delivered, to Buyer:


                               (i)  a non-competition agreement(s) in the
               form of EXHIBIT F executed by each Seller, DataTRAK and
               Dr. Jeffrey A. Green (the "Non-Competition Agreement");

                               (ii)  The agreements in the form of
               EXHIBITS G1 and G2 executed by Collaborative and DataTRAK,
               respectively (the "Seller Agreements");

                               (iii)  any other Related Agreements to which
               any Seller is a party;


                               (iv)  a bill of sale and such assignments
               and other instruments of sale, transfer, conveyance and
               assignment (including certificates of title and an
               assignment to Buyer of all of Seller's rights in, to and
               under the Lease) regarding the Acquired Assets as Buyer and 
               its counsel may request;

                               (v)  a certificate executed by Sellers to
               the effect that each of Sellers' representations and
               warranties in this Agreement and in each Related Agreement
               to which Sellers (or any of them) are parties was accurate
               in all respects as of the date of this Agreement and is
               accurate in all respects as of the Closing Date as if made
               on the Closing Date, which certificate shall be in the form 
               of EXHIBIT H hereto;


                               (vi)  estoppel certificates from the
               landlord under each Lease, in form and substance
               satisfactory to Buyer;

                               (vii)  for each Leased Property subject to
               Encumbrance against any of the Landlord's interest therein, 
               satisfactory evidence that the Lease pertaining thereto is
               subject to a non-disturbance and attornment agreement in
               favor of the applicable Seller thereunder (and any assignee 
               of such Seller), which non-disturbance and attornment
               agreement shall be satisfactory, in form and substance, to
               Buyer;


                               (viii)  the Assignment and Assumption
               executed by Sellers;

                               (ix)  a sublease agreement (the "Sublease


                 <PAGE>


               Agreement") executed by Collaborative, pursuant to which
               Collaborative shall sublease that portion of the
               Collaborative Premises which Collaborative and the Buyer
               deem reasonably necessary in order for the Buyer to conduct 
               the Clinical Business thereat, which Sublease Agreement
               shall be satisfactory, in form and substance, to
               Collaborative and the Buyer and shall incorporate those
               terms set forth on SCHEDULE 2.6(a)(ix); and 

                               (x)  all other certificates, instruments and
               documents to be delivered by Sellers (or any of them)
               pursuant to this Agreement or any of the Related Agreements.


                          (b)  Buyer will deliver, or cause to be
          delivered, to Sellers:

                               (i)  the Closing Cash Payment;

                               (ii)  an assignment, delegation and
               assumption agreement (the "Assumption Agreement") in the
               form of EXHIBIT I hereto;


                               (iii)  the Non-Competition Agreement
               executed on behalf of Buyer;

                               (iv)  the Services Agreement executed on
               behalf of Buyer;


                               (v)  the Sublease Agreement; and

                               (vi)  a certificate executed by Buyer to the
               effect that each of Buyer's representations and warranties
               in this Agreement and in each Related Agreement to which
               Buyer is a party was accurate in all respects as of the date
               of this Agreement and is accurate in all respects as of the 
               Closing Date as if made on the Closing Date, which
               certificate shall be in the form of EXHIBIT J hereto.


                    2.7   Closing.  The purchase and sale (the "Closing")
          provided for in this Agreement will take place at the offices of 
          Stevens & Lee, One Glenhardie Corporate Center, 1275 Drummers
          Lane, Wayne, Pennsylvania 19087, at 10:00 A.M., within five (5)
          business days after the conditions set forth in Sections 7.7 and 
          8.5 have been satisfied, on or at such other earlier time and
          place as the parties may mutually agree upon in writing.

                    2.8   Allocation of the Purchase Price.  The Purchase
          Price shall be allocated among the Acquired Assets and the
          Assumed Liabilities in accordance with EXHIBIT K attached hereto. 


           <PAGE>


          As soon as practicable after the Supplemental Closing, but in any
          event not later than thirty (30) days after the Supplemental
          Closing, the Sellers and Buyer shall make any and all appropriate
          adjustments to the Tax Allocation by reason of any adjustment to 
          the Purchase Price under Section 2.4(c).  It is understood and
          agreed that the Tax Allocation shall be prepared pursuant to and 
          an in accordance with the provisions of Section 1060 of the Code 
          and Buyer shall prepare Form 8594 under Section 1060 of the Code 
          relating to the Contemplated Transactions based upon the final
          Tax Allocation prepared pursuant hereto.  The Tax Allocation
          shall, for tax purposes, be binding on Sellers and Buyer, and
          Sellers and Buyer shall file their respective Tax Returns in
          accordance with such Tax Allocation and shall not take any
          position inconsistent with the Tax Allocation.

               3.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLERS


                    Sellers hereby jointly and severally represent and
          warrant to Buyer as follows:

                    3.1   Organization and Good Standing.  Each Seller is a
          corporation duly organized, validly existing, and in good
          standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation (as 
          set forth on SCHEDULE 3.1), with full corporate power and
          authority to conduct the Clinical Business as it is now being
          conducted, to own or use the properties and assets that it
          purports to own or use, and to perform all its obligations under 
          all Assigned Contracts.  Each Seller is duly qualified to do
          business as a foreign corporation and is in good standing under
          the laws of each state or other jurisdiction in which the failure
          to be so qualified and in good standing could reasonably be
          expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

                    3.2   Authority; No Conflict.


                          (a)  Subject to approval by the shareholders of
          Collaborative contemplated by Section 8.5, this Agreement
          constitutes the legal, valid, and binding obligation of Sellers, 
          enforceable against Sellers in accordance with its terms. 
          Subject to approval by the shareholders of Collaborative
          contemplated by Section 8.5, upon the execution and delivery by
          Sellers of the Related Agreements to which Sellers (or any of
          them) are parties, the Related Agreements will constitute the
          legal, valid, and binding obligations of Sellers, enforceable
          against Sellers in accordance with their respective terms. 
          Sellers have the requisite right, power, authority, and capacity 
          to execute and deliver this Agreement and such Related Agreements
          and to perform their obligations under this Agreement and such
          Related Agreements.

                          (b)  Except for those Consents set forth in

          <PAGE>



          SCHEDULE 3.2(b), neither the execution and delivery of this
          Agreement or the Related Agreements to which Sellers (or any of
          them) are parties nor the consummation or performance of any of
          the Contemplated Transactions will, directly or indirectly (with 
          or without notice or lapse of time):

                               (i)  contravene, conflict with, or result in
               a violation of any provision of the articles of
               incorporation, code of regulations, or other organizational 
               documents of Sellers; 


                               (ii)  contravene, conflict with, or result
               in a violation of, or give any Governmental Body or other
               Person the right to challenge any of the Contemplated
               Transactions or to exercise any remedy or obtain any relief 
               under, any Legal Requirement or any Order to which Sellers
               or any of the Acquired Assets may be subject;

                               (iii)  contravene, conflict with, or result 
               in a violation of any of the terms or requirements of, or
               give any Governmental Body the right to revoke, withdraw,
               suspend, cancel, terminate, or modify, any Governmental
               Authorization that is held by any Seller or that otherwise
               relates to the Clinical Business or any of the Acquired
               Assets or the Leased Property;

                               (iv)  cause any of the Acquired Assets to be
               reassessed or revalued by any taxing authority or other
               Governmental Body;


                               (v)  contravene, conflict with, or result in
               a violation or breach of any provision of, or give any
               Person the right to declare a default or exercise any remedy
               under, or to accelerate the maturity or performance of, or
               to cancel, terminate, or modify, any Assigned Contract; or

                               (vi)  except pursuant to any Contract to
               which the Buyer is a party, result in the imposition or
               creation of any Encumbrance upon or with respect to any of
               the Acquired Assets.


          Except for those Consents set forth in SCHEDULE 3.2(b), Seller is
          not, and will not be, required to give any notice to or obtain
          any Consent from any Person (including parties to the Assigned
          Contracts) in connection with the execution and delivery of this 
          Agreement or any of the Related Agreements or the consummation or
          performance of any of the Contemplated Transactions.
                    3.3   Financial Statements; Accounts Receivable.  


                          (a)  SCHEDULE 3.3 includes the following:
          <PAGE>




                               (i)  Audited consolidated and consolidating 
               balance sheets of Collaborative and its subsidiaries
               (including the Selling Subsidiaries) as at the close of each
               of the years December 31, 1995, December 31, 1996, and
               December 31, 1997, inclusive, and the related consolidated
               and consolidating statements of income, changes in
               stockholders' equity, and cash flow of collaborative and its
               subsidiaries (including the Selling Subsidiaries) for each
               of the fiscal years then ended, all on a comparative basis, 
               together with the notes thereto and the report thereon of
               Seller's Accountant (the "Prior Financial Statements"); and

                               (ii)  a consolidated and consolidating
               balance sheet of Collaborative and its subsidiaries as at
               September 30, 1998, and the related internally prepared
               consolidated and consolidating statements of income, changes
               in stockholders' equity and cash flow for the nine (9) month
               period then ended (which, together with any financial
               statements delivered pursuant to Section 5.11, shall be
               collectively referred to as the "Interim Financial
               Statements").


                          (b)  The Financial Statements fairly present, in 
          all material respects, the financial condition and the results of
          operations, changes in stockholders' equity, and cash flow of
          Collaborative and its subsidiaries as at the respective dates of 
          and for the periods referred to in such Financial Statements, all
          in accordance with GAAP, subject, in the case of interim
          financial statements, to normal year-end adjustments (the effect
          of which will not, individually or in the aggregate, be
          materially adverse), and the Financial Statements reflect the
          consistent application of such accounting principles throughout
          the periods involved.  Except to the extent provided otherwise in
          such Financial Statements, (i) adequate provision was made in the
          Financial Statements for doubtful accounts or other receivables; 
          (ii) sales were stated in the Financial Statements net of
          discounts, returns and allowances; and (iii) all Taxes due or
          paid were timely reflected in the Financial Statements and all
          Taxes not yet due and payable were accrued or otherwise provided 
          for therein.  At the respective dates of each of the Financial
          Statements, Sellers had no Liability required to be reflected or 
          disclosed in the Financial Statements under GAAP which was not so
          reflected or disclosed.  No provision in the Financial Statements
          as of and for the periods covered by such Financial Statements
          was necessary, under GAAP, for Liability on account of warranties
          or with respect to the Clinical Business.  Any significant items 
          of income or expense which were unusual or of a nonrecurring
          nature were separately disclosed in the Financial Statements.  

                          (c)  All of the Accounts Receivable of Sellers
          included in the Acquired Assets represent amounts receivable for 
          services actually provided, have arisen from bona-fide
       
          <PAGE>



          transactions in the Ordinary Course of Business, are not subject 
          to any counterclaims or offsets, and have been billed or are
          billable, as appropriate, in accordance with the terms of the
          Assigned Contract applicable thereto.  

                    3.4   Books and Records.  The books of account, minute 
          books, stock record books, and other records of each Seller, all 
          of which have been made available to Buyer, are complete and
          correct in all material respects.


                    3.5   Title To Assets; Encumbrances.

                          (a)  Sellers have or will have and convey to
          Buyer at the Closing, good and merchantable title to, or a valid 
          leasehold interest in, all of the properties and assets (other
          than the Excluded Assets) used or usable by Sellers in the
          Clinical Business or shown on the balance sheet of Sellers dated 
          as of September 30, 1998, which comprises a portion of the
          Interim Financial Statements (the "INTERIM BALANCE SHEET"), or
          acquired after the date thereof, free and clear of all
          Encumbrances, except for (i) the Assumed Liabilities, and (ii)
          properties and assets disposed of in the Ordinary Course of
          Clinical Business since the date of the Interim Balance Sheet. 
          Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Sellers have,
          and will convey to Buyer at the Closing, good and merchantable
          title to all of the Acquired Assets, free and clear of any
          Encumbrance or restriction on transfer of any nature, other than 
          the Assumed Liabilities.

                          (b)  SCHEDULE 3.5(b) contains a complete and
          accurate list of all Facilities at which any Seller currently
          conducts the Clinical Business.  To the best of the Sellers'
          Knowledge, all Facilities currently used by Sellers lie wholly
          within the boundaries of the real property owned or leased by
          Seller and do not encroach upon the property of, or otherwise
          conflict with the property rights of, any other Person.  The use 
          and operation of such Facilities are in compliance with all
          applicable Legal Requirements, Orders, Consents and Governmental 
          Authorizations.  To the best of the Sellers' Knowledge, there are
          no existing, pending, or Threatened (i) requests, applications or
          proceedings to alter or restrict the zoning or other use
          restrictions applicable to any such Facilities, (ii) condemnation
          proceedings that would affect any of such Facilities in any way, 
          or (iii) public improvements that would result in any charge or
          Taxes being levied or assessed against, or would result in the
          creation of any Encumbrance upon, any of such Facilities.


                          (c)  DataTRAK has no right, title or interest in 
          any of the Acquired Assets.

                    3.6   Condition and Sufficiency of Assets.  

           <PAGE>



                          (a)  Except as set forth in SCHEDULE 3.6, (i) the
          machinery, equipment, tools, supplies and other tangible personal
          property included in the Acquired Assets are in good operating
          condition and repair, ordinary wear and tear excepted and (ii)
          none of such machinery, equipment, tools, supplies and other
          tangible personal property included in the Acquired Assets is in 
          need of maintenance or repairs except for ordinary, routine
          maintenance and repairs that are not material in nature or cost.

                          (b)  To the best of the Sellers' Knowledge, all
          buildings, structures and other improvements and fixtures which
          comprise the Facilities (i) are free of any structural or
          engineering defects, (ii) are in good repair and condition,
          ordinary wear and tear excepted, and (iii) are free from any
          latent defects and (iv) suitable for their intended use.


                    3.7   No Undisclosed Liabilities.  Except as set forth 
          in SCHEDULE 3.7 or any other SCHEDULE hereto, Sellers have no
          Liabilities of any nature with respect to the Clinical Business
          except for Liabilities reflected or reserved against in the
          Interim Balance Sheet and current Liabilities incurred in the
          Ordinary Course of Business since the date thereof; provided,
          however, notwithstanding the foregoing or the meaning ascribed to
          the term Liability herein, Liabilities of the Sellers which are
          expressly described in or expressly covered by the provisions of 
          any other representation and warranty contained in this Section 3
          or as otherwise disclosed in the applicable Schedule thereto, or 
          which are not required to be disclosed in such other
          representation or warranty (or the applicable Schedule thereto)
          by reason of materiality qualifiers therein, need not be
          disclosed in SCHEDULE 3.7 solely by reason of the representation 
          and warranty in this Section 3.7.

                    3.8   Taxes.

                          (a)  Sellers have filed or caused to be filed on 
          a timely basis all Tax Returns that are or were required to be
          filed by or with respect to Sellers, either separately or as a
          member of a group of corporations, pursuant to applicable Legal
          Requirements for all periods prior to the Closing Date.  Sellers 
          have paid, or made provision for the payment of, all Taxes that
          have or may have become due pursuant to those Tax Returns or
          otherwise, or pursuant to any assessment received by Sellers,
          except such Taxes, if any, as are listed in SCHEDULE 3.8 and are 
          being contested in good faith and as to which adequate reserves
          (determined in accordance with GAAP) have been provided in the
          Interim Balance Sheet.


                          (b)  The charges, accruals, and reserves with
          respect to Taxes on the books of Sellers are adequate (determined
          in accordance with GAAP) and are at least equal to Sellers


         <PAGE>


          liability for Taxes.  There exists no proposed tax assessment
          against Seller to Seller Knowledge except as disclosed in
          SCHEDULE 3.8.  All Taxes that Seller is or was required by Legal 
          Requirements to withhold or collect have been duly withheld or
          collected and, to the extent required, have been paid to the
          proper Governmental Body or other Person.

                          (c)  All Tax Returns filed by Sellers (or that
          include Sellers on a consolidated basis) are true, correct, and
          complete in all material respects.


                          (d)  No audit or examination by any Tax authority
          is pending with respect to or relating to any Taxes and no Seller
          has received any notice from any Tax authority of (i) any pending
          or Threatened claim for any Tax deficiency, (ii) intention to
          examine or audit any Tax Return for any period, or
          (iii) intention to reassess any of the Acquired Assets for Tax
          purposes.

                    3.9   No Material Adverse Change.  Since the date of
          the Interim Balance Sheet, there has not been any material
          adverse change in the operations, properties, assets,
          Liabilities, or financial condition of Sellers relating to the
          Clinical Business or any material adverse change in the Clinical 
          Business taken as a whole, and no event, condition or
          circumstance exists that could reasonably be expected to result
          in such a material adverse change.

                    3.10  Employee Benefits.


                          (a)  SCHEDULE 3.10 lists each Employee Benefit
          Plan that any Seller maintains or to which any Seller contributes
          with respect to any employee of the Clinical Business.  All
          contributions (including all employer contributions and employee 
          salary reduction contributions) which are due have been paid to
          each such Employee Benefit Plan and all contributions for any
          period ending on or before the Closing Date which are not yet due
          have been paid to each such Employee Benefit Plan or accrued in
          accordance with the past custom and practice of Seller.

                          (b)  Sellers do not contribute to, never have
          contributed to, and never has been required to contribute to any 
          Multiemployer Plan (as defined in ERISA ' 3(37)(A)) or have any
          Liability (including withdrawal Liability) under any
          Multiemployer Plan.


                          (c)  Except as set forth on SCHEDULE 3.10, no
          Seller maintains or contributes to any bonus, deferred
          compensation, incentive, severance, termination, or other
          compensation plan or arrangement, for the benefit of any employee

          <PAGE>



          of Seller.

                    3.11  Compliance With Legal Requirements; Governmental
          Authorizations.


                          (a)  Except as set forth in SCHEDULE 3.11(a):

                               (i)  Each Seller is, and at all times since 
               December 31, 1995 has been, in full compliance with each
               Legal Requirement that is or was applicable to it or to the 
               conduct or operation of its Clinical Business or the
               ownership or use of any of the Acquired Assets or the
               Facilities;

                               (ii)  no event has occurred or circumstance 
               exists that (with or without notice or lapse of time)
               (A) may constitute or result in a violation by Seller of, or
               a failure on the part of any Seller to comply with, any
               Legal Requirement, or (B) may give rise to any obligation on
               the part of Seller to undertake, or to bear all or any
               portion of the cost of, any remedial action of any nature;


                               (iii)  Sellers have not received, at any
               time since December 31, 1995, any notice or other
               communication (whether oral or written) from any
               Governmental Body or any other Person regarding (A) any
               actual, alleged, or potential violation of, or failure to
               comply with, any Legal Requirement, or (B) any actual,
               alleged, or potential obligation on the part of Seller to
               undertake, or to bear all or any portion of the cost of, any
               remedial action of any nature; and

                               (iv)  Sellers have timely filed any and all 
               reports, forms, and documents required to be filed by them
               under and pursuant to the 34 Act.


                          (b)  SCHEDULE 3.11(b) contains a complete and
          accurate list of each Governmental Authorization that is held by 
          any Seller or that otherwise relates to the Clinical Business, or
          to any of the Acquired Assets or the Facilities.  Each
          Governmental Authorization listed or required to be listed in
          Schedule 3.12 is valid and in full force and effect.  Except as
          set forth in SCHEDULE 3.11(b):

                               (i)  each Seller is, and at all times has
               been, in full compliance with all of the terms and
               requirements of each Governmental Authorization identified
               or required to be identified in SCHEDULE 3.11(b); and

          <PAGE>



                               (ii)  no event has occurred or circumstance 
               exists that may (with or without notice or lapse of time)
               (A) constitute or result directly or indirectly in a
               violation of or a failure to comply with any term or
               requirement of any Governmental Authorizations listed or
               required to be listed in SCHEDULE 3.11(b), or (B) result
               directly or indirectly in the revocation, withdrawal,
               suspension, cancellation, or termination of, or any
               modification to, any Governmental Authorization listed or
               required to be listed in SCHEDULE 3.11(b).

          The Governmental Authorizations listed in SCHEDULE 3.11(b)
          collectively constitute all of the Governmental Authorizations
          necessary to permit Sellers to lawfully conduct and operate the
          Clinical Business in the manner it currently conducts and
          operates such Clinical Business and to permit Sellers to own and 
          use the Acquired Assets and to use the Facilities in the manner
          in which they currently own and use such assets.


                    3.12  Legal Proceedings; Orders.

                          (a)  Except as set forth in SCHEDULE 3.12, there 
          is no pending Proceeding:

                               (i)  that has been commenced by or against
               Seller or that otherwise relates to or may affect the
               Clinical Business or any of the Acquired Assets or the
               Facilities; or


                               (ii)  that challenges, or that may have the 
               effect of preventing, delaying, making illegal, or otherwise
               interfering with, any of the Contemplated Transactions or
               the Related Transactions.

          To the Knowledge of Sellers, (1) no such Proceeding has been
          Threatened, and (2) no event has occurred or circumstance exists 
          that could reasonably be expected to give rise to or serve as a
          basis for the commencement of any such Proceeding.  The
          Proceedings listed in SCHEDULE 3.12 will not have a material
          adverse effect on the Clinical Business of any Seller or the
          Acquired Assets or the Facilities.


                          (b)  Except as set forth in SCHEDULE 3.12:

                               (i)  there is no Order to which any of the
               Sellers, or any of the Acquired Assets or the Facilities is 
               subject; and


                               (ii)  each Seller is in full compliance with

              <PAGE>



               all of the terms and requirements of each Order set forth in
               SCHEDULE 3.12.

                          (c)  SCHEDULE 3.12 sets forth a complete and
          accurate summary and current status of all pending and Threatened
          workers' compensation claims by any current or former employees
          of Seller.


                    3.13  Absence of Certain Changes and Events.  Since the
          date of the Interim Balance Sheet, each Seller has conducted the 
          Clinical Business only in the Ordinary Course of Business. 
          Without limiting the generality of the foregoing sentence, since 
          the date of the Interim Balance Sheet, there has not been, with
          respect to the Clinical Business, any of the following except as 
          set forth on Schedule 3.13 (or any supplement thereto delivered
          pursuant to Section 7.10):

                               (i)  amendment to the certificate of
               incorporation, bylaws or other organizational documents of
               Seller;

                               (ii)  payment or increase by any Seller of
               any bonuses, salaries, or other compensation to any
               director, officer, or (except in the Ordinary Course of
               Clinical Business) employee or entry into any employment,
               severance, or similar Contract with any director, officer,
               or employee;


                               (iii)  payment by Seller of the personal
               expenses of any shareholder, director, officer or employee;

                               (iv)  adoption of, or increase in the
               payments to or benefits under, any Employee Benefit Plan for
               or with any employees of any Seller;


                               (v)  damage to or destruction or loss of any
               asset or property of any Seller, whether or not covered by
               insurance, materially and adversely affecting the
               properties, assets, Clinical Business or financial condition
               of Seller, taken as a whole;

                               (vi) ^ termination of, or receipt of notice 
               of termination of (i) any license, distributorship, sales
               representative, joint venture, credit, or similar agreement,
               or (ii) any Contract or transaction which are individually
               or in the aggregate material to the Clinical Business;


                               (vii)  sale, lease, or other disposition of 
               any asset or property of Seller or mortgage, pledge, or<PAGE>





               imposition of any Encumbrance on any of the Acquired Assets,
               including the sale, lease, or other disposition of any of
               the Intellectual Property Assets;

                               (viii)  cancellation or waiver of any claims
               or rights material to the conduct of the Clinical Business
               or any cancellation or waiver of any debts or claims
               affecting the Clinical Business;


                               (ix)  material change in the accounting
               methods used by any Seller; or

                               (x)  agreement, whether oral or written, by 
               Seller to do any of the foregoing.

                    3.14  Contracts; No Defaults.


                          (a)  SCHEDULE 3.14 contains (except as provided
          in clause (iii) below) a complete and accurate list, and Sellers
          have made available to Buyer true and complete copies, of all
          Contracts in effect as of the date hereof with respect to the
          Clinical Business or the Acquired Assets including the following:

                               (i)  each Lab Service Contract;


                               (ii)  each Sponsor Contract;

                               (iii)  a list of all Site Contracts (to be
               delivered no later than five (5) business days before
               Closing);


                               (iv)  to the extent not included under
               clauses (i) through (iii) above, each Contract that involves
               performance of services or delivery of goods or materials by
               Seller relating to the Clinical Business;

                               (v)  to the extent not included under
               clauses (i) through (iii) above, each Contract that involves
               performance of services or delivery of goods or materials to
               Seller relating to the Clinical Business; 


                               (vi)  each Contract relating to the Clinical
               Business that was not entered into in the Ordinary Course of
               Business and that involves expenditures or receipts of
               Seller;

                               (vii)  each lease, rental or occupancy
               agreement, license, installment and conditional sale

              <PAGE>



               agreement, and other Contract affecting the ownership of,
               leasing of, title to, use of, or any leasehold or other
               interest in, any real or personal property (including the
               Leases);

                               (viii)  each joint venture, partnership, and
               other Contract (however named) involving a sharing of
               profits, losses, costs, or liabilities by Seller with any
               other Person;


                               (ix)  each Contract containing covenants
               that in any way purport to restrict Seller's business
               activity or limit the freedom of Seller to engage in any
               line of business or to compete with any Person;

                               (x)  each Contract entered into other than
               in the Ordinary Course of Business that contains or provides
               for an express undertaking by Seller to be responsible for
               consequential damages;

                               (xi)  each Contract for capital expenditures
               in excess of Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000);


                               (xii)  each written warranty, guaranty, and 
               or other similar undertaking extended by Seller other than
               in the Ordinary Course of Business; and

                               (xiii)  each amendment, supplement, and
               modification (whether oral or written) in respect of any of 
               the foregoing.


          SCHEDULE 3.14 also sets forth the details concerning such
          Contracts which are specified in such SCHEDULE 3.14, including
          the parties to the Contracts and the amount of the remaining
          commitment of Seller under the Contracts.

                          (b)  Except as set forth in SCHEDULE 3.14:


                               (i)  Sellers do not have and cannot acquire 
               any rights under, and Sellers do not have and cannot become 
               subject to any Liability under, any Contract that relates to
               the Clinical Business or any of the Acquired Assets;

                               (ii)  each Contract identified or required
               to be identified in SCHEDULE 3.14 is in full force and
               effect and is valid and enforceable against such Seller in
               accordance with its terms;


                               (iii)  to the best of the Sellers'


             <PAGE>


               Knowledge, each Contract identified or required to be
               identified in SCHEDULE 3.14 is enforceable against the other
               party thereto in accordance with its terms;

                               (iv)  each Seller is and at all times has
               been in full compliance with all applicable terms and
               requirements of each Contract under which Seller has or had 
               any Liability or by which Seller or any of the Acquired
               Assets is or was bound;


                               (v)  each other Person that has or had any
               Liability under any Contract under which any Seller has or
               had any rights is, and at all times has been, in full
               compliance with all applicable terms and requirements of
               such Contract; and

                               (vi)  no event has occurred or circumstance 
               exists that (with or without notice or lapse of time) may
               contravene, conflict with, or result in a violation or
               breach of, or give any Seller or other Person the right to
               declare a default or exercise any remedy under, or to
               accelerate the maturity or performance of, or to cancel,
               terminate, or modify, any Contract involving any Seller or
               the Clinical Business or any of the Acquired Assets.

                    3.15  Insurance.


                          (a)  Sellers have made available to Buyer:

                               (i)  true and complete copies of all current
               policies of insurance to which Seller is a party or under
               which any Seller is or has been covered at any time within
               the three (3) years preceding the date of this Agreement
               relating to the Clinical Business or the Acquired Assets;
               and


                               (ii)  true and complete copies of all
               pending applications for policies of insurance relating to
               the Clinical Business or the Acquired Assets.

                          (b)  SCHEDULE 3.15 describes:


                               (i)  any self-insurance arrangement by or
               affecting any Seller, including any reserves established
               thereunder;

                               (ii)  any Contract or arrangement, other
               than a policy of insurance, for the transfer or sharing of
               any risk by any Seller; and

                <PAGE>



                               (iii)  all obligations of any Seller to
               provide coverage to third parties (for example, under leases
               or service agreements).

                          (c)  Except as set forth in SCHEDULE 3.15:


                               (i)  All policies to which any Seller is a
               party or that provide coverage to any Seller:

                                    (A)  are valid, outstanding,
                    enforceable, and are in full force and effort;

                                    (B)  taken together, to the best of the
                    Sellers' Knowledge, provide adequate insurance coverage
                    for the assets and the operations of any Seller for all
                    risks normally insured against by a Person carrying on 
                    the same business or businesses as the Sellers; and


                                    (C)  are sufficient for compliance with
                    all Legal Requirements and Contracts to which any
                    Sellers are a party or by which any Seller is bound.

                    3.16  Environmental Matters.  Except as set forth in
          SCHEDULE 3.16:


                          (a)  Each Seller is, and at all times prior to
          the date hereof has been, in compliance in all material aspects
          with, and has not been and is not in violation of or liable
          under, any applicable Environmental Law.  No Seller has any
          reasonable basis to expect, nor has any Seller received, any
          actual or Threatened order, notice, or other communication from
          (i) any Governmental Body or other Person, or (ii) the current or
          prior owner or operator of any Facilities, of any actual or
          potential violation or failure to comply with in any material
          respect any Environmental Law, or of any actual or Threatened
          obligation to undertake or bear the cost of any Environmental,
          Health, and Safety Liabilities with respect to any of the
          Facilities or any Acquired Assets, or with respect to any
          property or Facility at or to which Hazardous Materials were
          generated, manufactured, refined, transferred, imported, used, or
          processed by any Seller, or any other Person for whose conduct
          any Seller is or may be held responsible, or from which Hazardous
          Materials have been transported, treated, stored, handled,
          transferred, disposed, recycled, or received.

                          (b)  There are no pending or, to the Knowledge of
          Sellers, Threatened claims or Encumbrances resulting from any
          Environmental, Health, and Safety Liabilities or arising under or
          pursuant to any Environmental Law, with respect to or affecting
          any of the Facilities or any Acquired Asset.


         <PAGE>


                          (c)  No Seller has Knowledge of any basis to
          expect, nor has any of them received, any Order, notice,
          communication, inquiry, warning, citation, summons, directive, or
          any other indication that relates to any alleged, actual, or
          potential violation or failure by any Seller to comply in any
          material respect with any Environmental Law, or of any alleged,
          actual, or potential obligation of any Seller to undertake or
          bear the cost of any Environmental, Health, and Safety
          Liabilities with respect to any of the Facilities or any of the
          Acquired Assets, or with respect to any property or facility to
          which Hazardous Materials generated, manufactured, refined,
          transferred, imported, used, or processed by any Seller, or any
          other Person for whose conduct any Seller is or may be held
          responsible, have been transported, treated, stored, handled,
          transferred, disposed, recycled, or received.

                          (d)  To the best of the Sellers' Knowledge, no
          Seller nor any other Person for whose conduct any Seller is or
          may be held responsible, has any Environmental, Health, and
          Safety Liabilities with respect to the Facilities or any of the
          Acquired Assets, at any property geologically or hydrologically
          adjoining the Facilities.


                          (e)  There are no Hazardous Materials present on 
          or in the Facilities in violation of any applicable Environmental
          Law, including any Hazardous Materials contained in barrels,
          above or underground storage tanks, landfills, land deposits,
          dumps, equipment (whether moveable or fixed) or other containers,
          either temporary or permanent, and deposited or located in land, 
          water, swamps, or any other part of the Facilities or such
          adjoining property, or incorporated into any structure therein or
          thereon.  No Seller, nor any other Person for whose conduct any
          Seller is or may be held responsible, or to the Knowledge of any 
          Seller, any other Person, has permitted or conducted, or is aware
          of, any hazardous activity conducted with respect to Hazardous
          Materials at the Facilities or any of the Acquired Assets, except
          in full compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws.

                          (f)  There has been no Release or, to the
          Knowledge of any Seller, threat of Release, of any Hazardous
          Materials at or from the Facilities or, to the best of Sellers'
          Knowledge at any other locations where any Hazardous Materials
          were generated, manufactured, refined, transferred, produced,
          imported, used, or processed from or by the Facilities, or from
          or by any of the Acquired Assets, or to the Knowledge of Sellers 
          any geologically or hydrologically adjoining property, whether by
          any Seller or any other Person.

                          (g)  Each Seller has made available to Buyer true
          and complete copies and results of any reports, studies,
          analyses, tests, or monitoring possessed or initiated by such
          Seller pertaining to Hazardous Materials or hazardous activities 

             <PAGE>



          in, on, or under the Facilities, or concerning compliance by such
          Seller or any other Person for whose conduct such Seller is or
          may be held responsible with Environmental Laws.

                    3.17  Employees.


                          (a)  SCHEDULE 3.17 contains a complete and
          accurate list of the following information for each employee of
          Sellers engaged in the Clinical Business, including each employee
          on leave of absence or layoff status: employer; name; job title; 
          current compensation paid or payable and any change in
          compensation since the date of the Interim Balance Sheet;
          vacation accrued; and service credited for purposes of vesting
          and eligibility to participate under any Employee Benefit Plan.

                          (b)  To the best of the Sellers' Knowledge, no
          Seller has received any verbal or written indication that any
          director, officer, or other employee of any Seller engaged in the 
          Clinical Business will terminate his or her employment with such
          Seller prior to the Closing (whether as a result of the
          Contemplated Transactions or otherwise).

                    3.18  Labor Disputes; Compliance.  Except as disclosed 
          in SCHEDULE 3.18, none of the Sellers is a party to any
          collective bargaining or other labor Contract, and there has not 
          been, there is not presently pending or existing, and to Sellers'
          Knowledge there is not Threatened any strike, slowdown,
          picketing, work stoppage, labor arbitration or proceeding in
          respect of the grievance of any employee, application or
          complaint filed by an employee or union with the National Labor
          Relations Board or any comparable Governmental Body,
          organizational activity, or other labor dispute against or
          affecting any Seller with respect to the Clinical Business, and
          no application for certification of a collective bargaining agent
          is pending or to any Sellers' Knowledge is Threatened; to any
          Sellers' Knowledge, no event has occurred or circumstance exist
          that could provide the basis for any work stoppage or other labor
          dispute.  Except as disclosed in SCHEDULE 3.18, each Seller has
          complied in all respects with all Legal Requirements relating to 
          employment, equal employment opportunity, nondiscrimination,
          immigration, wages, hours, benefits, collective bargaining, the
          payment of social security and similar taxes, occupational safety
          and health, and plant closing (including WARN).  No Seller is
          liable for the payment of any Taxes, fines, penalties, or other
          amounts, however designated, for failure to comply with any of
          the foregoing Legal Requirements.


                    3.19  Intellectual Property.

                          (a)  Intellectual Property Assets - The term
          "Intellectual Property Assets" includes:

         <PAGE>



                               (i)  corporate names (and any derivation
               thereof), fictitious business names, trade names, registered
               and unregistered trademarks, service marks, and applications
               (collectively, "Marks");

                               (ii)  all patents and patent applications
               (collectively, "Patents"); and


                               (iii)  all know-how, trade secrets,
               confidential information, software, technical information,
               processes, technology, plans, drawings, and blue prints
               (collectively, "Trade Secrets");

          owned or used by any Seller, or licensed by any Seller as
          licensee or licensor, and, in any case, used in the Clinical
          Business.

                          (b)  AGREEMENTS - SCHEDULE 3.19 contains a
          complete and accurate list and summary description of all
          Intellectual Property Assets pertaining to the Clinical Business 
          and any Contracts relating to such Intellectual Property Assets
          to which any Seller is a party or by which any Seller is bound.  
          There are no outstanding and, to Sellers' Knowledge, no
          Threatened disputes or disagreements with respect to any such
          Contract.


                          (c)  Know-How Necessary for the Clinical Business
          - The Intellectual Property Assets described in SCHEDULE 3.19 are
          all Intellectual Property Assets necessary for the operation of
          the Clinical Business as currently conducted.  Sellers are the
          owner of all right, title, and interest in and to each of the
          Intellectual Property Assets, free and clear of all Encumbrances,
          and has the right to use without payment to a third party all of 
          the Intellectual Property Assets.

                    3.20  Relationships With Related Persons.  No Related
          Person of Seller has any interest in the Clinical Business or any
          of the Assigned Contracts or any of the other Acquired Assets. 
          Except as described in SCHEDULE 3.20, to the best of the Sellers'
          Knowledge, no Related Person of Seller owns of record or as a
          beneficial owner, an equity interest or any other financial or
          profit interest in any Person that has (a) business dealings or a
          material financial interest in any transaction with any Seller,
          or (b) engages in competition with Sellers with respect to the
          Clinical Business in any market presently served by Seller. 
          Except as set forth in SCHEDULE 3.20, no Related Person of any
          Seller is a party to any Contract with, or has any claim or right
          against, Seller.


                    3.21  Brokers or Finders.  Sellers and their agents

              <PAGE>



          have incurred no obligation or Liability, contingent or
          otherwise, for brokerage or finders' fees or agents' commissions 
          or other similar payment in connection with this Agreement or the
          Contemplated Transactions for which Buyer will have any
          Liability.

                    3.22  Disclosure.


                          (a)  No representation or warranty of Sellers in 
          this Agreement or any Related Agreement and no statement in any
          of the Schedules omits to state a material fact necessary to make
          the statements herein or therein, in light of the circumstances
          in which they were made, not misleading.

                          (b)  Except as described on SCHEDULE 3.22, there 
          is no fact known to Sellers that has specific application to
          Sellers (other than general economic or industry conditions) and 
          that materially adversely affects or, as far as Sellers can
          reasonably foresee, materially threatens, the Clinical Business
          or the Acquired Assets, or the financial condition, or results of
          operations or prospects relating to the Clinical Business or the 
          Acquired Assets that has not been set forth in this Agreement or 
          the Schedules to this Agreement.

               4.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER


                    Buyer represents and warrants to Sellers as follows:

                    4.1   Organization and Good Standing.  Buyer is a
          corporation duly organized, validly existing, and in good
          standing under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.


                    4.2   Authority; No Conflict.

                          (a)  This Agreement constitutes the legal, valid,
          and binding obligation of Buyer, enforceable against Buyer in
          accordance with its terms.  Upon the execution and delivery by
          Buyer of the Related Agreements to which Buyer is a party, the
          Related Agreements to which Buyer is a party will constitute the 
          legal, valid, and binding obligations of Buyer, enforceable
          against Buyer in accordance with their respective terms.  Buyer
          has the absolute and unrestricted right, power, and authority to 
          execute and deliver this Agreement and the Related Agreements to 
          which Buyer is a party and to perform its obligations under this 
          Agreement and the Related Agreements to which Buyer is a party.


                          (b)  Neither the execution and delivery by Buyer 
          of this Agreement or the Related Agreements to which Buyer is a
          party nor the consummation or performance of any of the

         <PAGE>



          Contemplated Transactions by Buyer will give any Person the right
          to prevent, delay, or otherwise interfere with any of the
          Contemplated Transactions pursuant to:

                               (i)  any provision of Buyer's certificate of
               incorporation, bylaws or other organizational documents;


                               (ii)  any Legal Requirement or order to
               which Buyer may be subject; or

                               (iii)  any Contract to which Buyer is a
               party or by which Buyer may be bound.

          Except for the Consents identified in Section 7, Buyer is not and
          will not be required to obtain any Consent from any Person in
          connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or
          the Related Agreements to which Buyer is a party or the
          consummation or performance of any of the Contemplated
          Transactions.


                    4.3   Certain Proceedings.  There is no pending
          Proceeding that has been commenced against Buyer and that
          challenges, or may have the effect of preventing, delaying,
          making illegal, or otherwise interfering with, any of the
          Contemplated Transactions.  To Buyer's Knowledge, no such
          Proceeding has been Threatened.

                    4.4   Brokers or Finders.  Buyer and its officers and
          agents have incurred no obligation or liability, contingent or
          otherwise, for brokerage or finders' fees or agents' commissions 
          or other similar payment in connection with this Agreement or any
          of the Contemplated Transactions for which Sellers will have any 
          Liability.


               5.   COVENANTS OF SELLERS PRIOR TO AND FOLLOWING CLOSING
          DATE

                    5.1   Access and Investigation.  Between the date of
          this Agreement and the Closing Date, Sellers will, and will cause
          their Representatives to, (a) afford to Buyer and its
          Representatives full and free access (subject to reasonable
          advance notice from Buyer to authorized personnel designated by
          the Sellers from time to time, which may be verbal) to
          Collaborative's senior executive management, Seller's Accountant 
          and counsel, as well as access to Sellers' properties, Contracts,
          books and records, and other documents and data, (b) furnish
          Buyer and Buyer's Representatives with copies of all such
          Contracts (other than Site Contracts), books and records, and
          other existing documents and data as Buyer may reasonably
          request, (c) provide the Buyer and Buyer's Representatives with

           <PAGE>



          access to all Site Contracts, and (d) furnish Buyer and Buyer's
          Representatives with such additional financial, operating, and
          other data and information as Buyer may reasonably request;
          provided, however, that Buyer and its Representative will, in
          connection with the performance of such investigation, use
          commercially reasonable efforts to avoid materially interfering
          with the day-to-day operations of the Clinical Business.  Any and
          all information furnished by the Sellers to or otherwise obtained
          by the Buyer pursuant to this Section 5.1 shall, pending the
          closing, remain subject to the provisions of the Confidentiality 
          Agreement and the provisions of Section 11.3.

                     5.2  Operation of the Clinical Business of Sellers. 
          Between the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date, unless
          otherwise agreed in writing by Buyer, Sellers will:


                               (i)  conduct the Clinical Business only in
               the Ordinary Course of Business;

                               (ii)  use commercially reasonable efforts to
               preserve intact the current business organization of Sellers
               with respect to the Clinical Business, keep available the
               services of the current officers, employees, and agents of
               Sellers, and maintain the relations and good will with
               suppliers, customers, landlords, creditors, employees,
               agents, and others having business relationships with
               Sellers; 

                               (iii)  cooperate with Buyer on all
               transitional matters, and in communications and dealings
               with third parties be supportive of Buyer and the
               Contemplated Transactions;


                               (iv)  confer with Buyer from time to time as
               reasonably requested by the Buyer concerning operational
               matters of a material nature; and

                               (v)  as and when reasonably requested by the
               Buyer from time to time, otherwise report periodically to
               Buyer concerning the status and operation of the Clinical
               Business.


                    5.3   Negative Covenant.  Except as otherwise expressly
          permitted by this Agreement, between the date of this Agreement
          and the Closing Date, Sellers will not, without the prior written
          consent of Buyer, take any affirmative action, or fail to take
          any reasonable action within their control, as a result of which 
          any of the changes or events listed in Section 3.13 is likely to 
          occur.

           <PAGE>



                    5.4   Required Approvals.  As promptly as practicable
          after the date of this Agreement, Sellers will make all filings
          required by Legal Requirements to be made by them in order to
          consummate the Contemplated Transactions.  Between the date of
          this Agreement and the Closing Date, Sellers will reasonably
          (a) cooperate with Buyer with respect to all filings that Buyer
          elects to make or is required by Legal Requirements to make in
          connection with the Contemplated Transactions (including any
          filing under the HSR Act), and (b) cooperate with Buyer in
          obtaining all Consents that may be required to complete the
          Contemplated Transactions.

                    5.5   Notification.  Between the date of this Agreement
          and the Closing Date, Sellers will promptly notify Buyer in
          writing if Sellers become aware of any fact or condition that
          causes or constitutes a Breach of any of Sellers' representations
          and warranties in any material respect as of the date of this
          Agreement, or if Sellers become aware of the occurrence after the
          date of this Agreement of any fact or condition that would
          (except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement) cause or
          constitute a Breach of any such representation or warranty in any
          material respect had such representation or warranty been made as
          of the time of occurrence or discovery of such fact or condition. 
          Should any fact or condition require any change in the Schedules
          to this Agreement if the Schedules were dated the date of the
          occurrence or discovery of any such fact or condition, Sellers
          will promptly deliver to Buyer a supplement to the appropriate
          Schedule specifying such change.  During the same period, Sellers
          will promptly notify Buyer of the occurrence of any Breach of any
          covenants of Sellers in this Agreement or of the occurrence of
          any event that may reasonably make the satisfaction of the
          conditions in Section 7 impossible or unlikely.  Delivery of such
          notification or supplement will be for information purposes only 
          and will not modify in any respect any representation, warranty, 
          covenant, obligation or condition or other provision contained in
          this Agreement or in any Related Agreement.


                    5.6   No Negotiation.

                          (a)  From the date hereof until the Closing Date 
          or the earlier termination of this Agreement pursuant to
          Section 9, Sellers will not, nor will they cause or permit any of
          their respective Representatives to, directly or indirectly
          solicit, initiate, or encourage any inquiries or proposals from, 
          discuss or negotiate with, provide any nonpublic information to, 
          or consider the merits of any inquiries or proposals from, any
          Person (other than Buyer) relating to any transaction involving
          the sale of the Clinical Business or the Acquired Assets (an
          "Acquisition Proposal"); provided, however, that nothing
          contained in this Section 5.6 or any other provision hereof shall
          prohibit Collaborative or the Collaborative Board from engaging
          in negotiations or soliciting proposals concerning a possible

         <PAGE>



          transaction involving DataTRAK or the Excluded Assets, including 
          a possible sale, merger or other transaction not involving the
          Clinical Business or the Acquired Assets; provided further that
          nothing contained in this Section 5.6 or any other provision
          hereof shall prohibit Collaborative or the Collaborative Board
          from (i) taking and disclosing to Collaborative's shareholders a 
          position with respect to a tender or exchange offer by a third
          party pursuant to Rules 14d-9 and 14e-2 promulgated under the 34 
          Act, or (ii) making such disclosure to Collaborative's
          shareholders as, in the good faith judgment of the Collaborative 
          Board, after receiving advice from outside counsel, is required
          under applicable law, provided that Collaborative may not, except
          as permitted by Section 5.6(b), withdraw or modify, or propose to
          withdraw or modify, its position with respect to the Contemplated
          Transactions or approve or recommend, or propose to approve or
          recommend any Acquisition Proposal, or enter into any agreement
          with respect to any Acquisition Proposal.  Collaborative will
          immediately cease any existing activities, discussions or
          negotiations with any parties conducted heretofore with respect
          to any Acquisition Proposal.

                          (b)  Notwithstanding the foregoing, prior to the 
          Closing Date, Collaborative may respond to an unsolicited request
          for information concerning Collaborative from any corporation,
          partnership, person or other entity or group pursuant to
          appropriate confidentiality agreements, and may negotiate and
          participate in discussions and negotiations with such entity or
          group concerning an Acquisition Proposal if such entity or group 
          has submitted a bona fide written proposal to Collaborative
          relating to any such transaction which the Collaborative Board
          determines in good faith, after receiving advice from its legal
          counsel and consulting with its financial advisors, represents a 
          superior transaction to the Contemplated Transaction (a "Superior
          Proposal").  Collaborative will promptly notify Buyer of the
          existence of any proposal or inquiry received by Collaborative,
          the identity of the party making such proposal or inquiry, and
          the terms (both initial and modified) of any such proposal or
          inquiry (an will disclose any written materials delivered in
          connection therewith) and Collaborative will keep Buyer
          reasonably informed of the status (including amendments or
          proposed amendments) of any such proposal or inquiry. 
          Collaborative will promptly provide to Buyer any material non-
          public information regarding Collaborative provided to any other 
          party which was not previously provided to Buyer.  At any time
          following notification to Buyer of Collaborative's intent to do
          so (which notification shall include the identity of the bidder
          and the material terms and conditions of the proposal) and if
          Collaborative has otherwise complied with the terms of this
          Section 5.6(b), the Collaborative Board may withdraw or modify
          its approval or recommendation of the Contemplated Transactions
          and may enter into an agreement with respect to a Superior
          Proposal, provided it shall concurrently with entering into such 
          agreement pay or cause to be paid to Buyer the Termination Fee

          <PAGE>



          and the Expense Fee.  If Collaborative shall have notified Buyer 
          of its intent to enter into an agreement with respect to a
          Superior Proposal in compliance with the preceding sentence and
          has otherwise complied with such sentence, Collaborative may
          enter into an agreement with respect to such Superior Proposal.

                    5.7   Best Efforts.  Between the date of this Agreement
          and the Closing Date, Sellers will use their reasonable best
          efforts to cause the conditions in Sections 7 and 8 to be
          satisfied.


                    5.8   HSR Act Filing.  Seller agrees to pay one-half
          (1/2) of the filing fees associated with any filings made by
          Buyer under the HSR Act in connection with the Contemplated
          Transactions.

                    5.9   Labor Matters.

                          (a)  Sellers shall terminate all of their
          employees (other than employees who are parties to employment
          agreements included in the Assigned Contracts) as of the Closing 
          Date and shall take all actions which are necessary or
          appropriate in connection therewith.  Without limiting the
          generality of the foregoing, Sellers shall provide appropriate
          and compliant advance notices of termination pursuant to and in
          accordance with all provisions of (i) WARN and all other state
          and local plant closing laws (if and to the extent applicable),
          and (ii) all other Legal Requirements.  In this regard, Sellers
          will identify all such notification requirements to Buyer and
          coordinate the content and timing of such notices with Buyer.


                          (b)  Except as otherwise provided in Section
          5.9(d), Sellers shall liquidate and pay or make adequate
          provision for all Liabilities accrued through the Closing Date
          for compensation, including salary, wages, bonuses, overtime
          premiums, and vacation benefits, with respect to employees of
          Sellers, provided that payments to such employees for accrued
          vacation benefits shall be paid directly to such employees at or 
          prior to Closing.

                          (c)  Sellers shall make available to the Buyer
          all personnel information to allow Buyer to evaluate Sellers'
          employees engaged in the Clinical Business in connection with
          Buyer's decision of which employees of Sellers are to be hired as
          Buyer's employees following the Closing.


                          (d)  Subject to Buyer's satisfactory review of
          the employees identified on SCHEDULE 5.9(d), pursuant to and in
          accordance with the Buyer's standard and customary pre-employment
          review and screening practices, the Buyer covenants and agrees to
 
           <PAGE>



          (i) offer employment to those employees of Sellers identified on
          SCHEDULE 5.9(d) immediately after the Closing and (ii) assume (as
          part of the Assumed Liabilities) those severance obligations of
          such employees described on Schedule 5.9(d) in connection
          therewith. The Sellers shall provide the Buyer with reasonable
          assurances prior to the Closing that such employees will accept
          Buyer's offer of employment herein described.

                    5.10  Subsequent Financial Statements.  As soon as
          practicable after the end of each month during the period from
          the date of this Agreement until the Closing Date, and in no
          event later than twenty-five (25) days after the end of each such
          month, Sellers will prepare and promptly deliver to Buyer copies 
          of an unaudited balance sheet and related unaudited income and
          cash flow statements for Sellers relating to the Clinical
          Business, the Acquired Assets, and the Assumed Liabilities for
          the month then ended.  All financial statements delivered
          pursuant to this Section 5.10 will, when delivered, comply in all
          respects with, and otherwise be subject to, the representations
          and warranties set forth herein including those set forth in
          Section 3.3.


                    5.11  Excluded Liabilities.  Sellers shall pay, perform
          or discharge, or cause to be paid, performed or discharged, when 
          due all Excluded Liabilities in the Ordinary Course of Business.

                    5.12  Voting of Shares.  Concurrently with the
          execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Sellers shall cause
          all members of the Collaborative Board and Collaborative's
          executive management who own shares of Collaborative common stock
          to deliver a letter to the Buyer in the form of EXHIBIT L
          attached hereto.

                    5.13  Collaborative Shareholder Approvals. 
          Collaborative agrees to take, in accordance with applicable law, 
          applicable stock exchange rules, its Articles of Incorporation
          and its Code of Regulations, all action necessary to convene, and
          shall hold, an appropriate meeting of shareholders of
          Collaborative to consider and vote upon the approval of the
          Contemplated Transactions and any other matters required to be
          approved by Collaborative's shareholders for consummation of the 
          Contemplated Transactions as promptly as practicable after this
          Agreement is executed.  Unless the Collaborative Board, after
          having consulted with and considered the written advice of
          outside counsel, has determined in good faith that it is
          otherwise required in order to discharge properly the directors' 
          fiduciary duties in accordance with the Ohio General Corporation
          law, the Collaborative Board shall recommend such approval, and
          Collaborative shall take all reasonable lawful action to solicit 
          such approval by its shareholders.


           <PAGE>


               6.   COVENANTS OF BUYER PRIOR TO CLOSING DATE

                    6.1   Approvals of Governmental Bodies.  As promptly as
          practicable after the date of this Agreement, Buyer will, and
          will cause each of its Related Persons to, make all filings
          required by Legal Requirements to be made by them to consummate
          the Contemplated Transactions.  Between the date of this
          Agreement and the Closing Date, Buyer will, and will cause each
          Related Person of Buyer to, (a) cooperate with Sellers with
          respect to all filings that Sellers are required by Legal
          Requirements to make in connection with the Contemplated
          Transactions, and (b) cooperate with Sellers in obtaining all
          Consents identified in SCHEDULE 3.2(b); provided that Buyer shall
          in no event be required to dispose of or make any change in any
          portion of its business or to incur any other significant burden 
          to obtain a Governmental Authorization.


                    6.2   Best Efforts.  Except as set forth in the proviso
          to Section 6.1, between the date of this Agreement and the
          Closing Date, Buyer shall use its best efforts to cause the
          conditions in Sections 8.1, 8.2, 8.4 and 8.5 to be satisfied.
           
               7.   CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO BUYER'S OBLIGATION TO CLOSE

                    Buyer's obligation to purchase the Acquired Assets and 
          assume the Assumed Liabilities and to take the other actions
          required to be taken by Buyer at the Closing is subject to the
          satisfaction, at or prior to the Closing, of each of the
          following conditions (any of which may be waived by Buyer, in
          whole or in part):


                    7.1   Accuracy of Representations.  All of Sellers'
          representations and warranties in this Agreement and any Related 
          Agreement (considered collectively), and each of these
          representations and warranties (considered individually), must
          have been accurate in all material respects as of the date of
          this Agreement, and must be accurate in all material respects as 
          of the Closing Date as if made on the Closing Date, without
          giving effect to any supplement to any Schedule made after the
          date of this Agreement.

                    7.2   Sellers' Performance.


                          (a)  All of the covenants and obligations that
          Sellers are required to perform or to comply with pursuant to
          this Agreement at or prior to the Closing (considered
          collectively), and each of these covenants and obligations
          (considered individually), must have been duly performed and
          complied with in all material respects.

          <PAGE>



                          (b)  Sellers must have delivered, or caused to be
          delivered, each of the documents required to be delivered
          pursuant to Section 2.6 and each of the other covenants and
          obligations in Sections 5.4, 5.6 and 5.7 must have been performed
          and complied with in all respects.

                    7.3   Consents. Each of the Consents identified in
          SCHEDULE  3.2(b) must have been obtained and must be in full
          force and effect (including the consents of the lessors to
          Sellers' assignment of the Leases to Buyer hereunder).


                    7.4   ADDITIONAL DOCUMENTS.  Sellers shall have caused 
          the following documents to be delivered to Buyer:

                          (a)  an opinion of Calfee, Halter $Griswold LLP, 
          addressed to Buyer and dated the Closing Date, in the form of
          EXHIBIT M hereto; and

                          (b)  such other documents as Buyer may reasonably
          request for the purpose of (i) enabling its counsel to provide
          the opinion referred to in Section 8.4(a), (ii) evidencing the
          accuracy of any of Sellers' representations and warranties, (iii)
          evidencing the performance by Sellers of, or the compliance by
          Sellers with, any covenant or obligation required to be performed
          or complied with by Sellers, (iv) evidencing the satisfaction of
          any condition referred to in this Section 7, or (v) otherwise
          facilitating the consummation or performance of any of the
          Contemplated Transactions.


                    7.5   No Proceedings.  Since the date of this
          Agreement, there must not have been commenced or Threatened
          against Buyer, or against any Person affiliated with Buyer, any
          Proceeding (a) involving any challenge to, or seeking damages or 
          other relief in connection with, any of the Contemplated
          Transactions, or (b) that may have the effect of preventing,
          delaying, making illegal, or otherwise interfering with any of
          the Contemplated Transactions.

                    7.6   No Prohibition.  Neither the consummation nor the
          performance of any of the Contemplated Transactions will,
          directly or indirectly (with or without notice or lapse of time),
          contravene, or conflict with, or result in a violation of, or
          cause Buyer or any Person affiliated with Buyer to suffer any
          adverse consequence under, any applicable Legal Requirement or
          Order.


                    7.7   HSR Act.  Any waiting period applicable to the
          Contemplated Transactions under the HSR Act shall have been
          terminated or shall have expired.

          <PAGE>



                    7.8   Bulk Sales.  Sellers shall have furnished to
          Buyer satisfactory evidence that Sellers have complied with all
          bulk sales, bulk clearance, and related Legal Requirements in
          connection with the sale of the Acquired Assets.

                    7.9  No Material Adverse Change.  Since the date of
          this Agreement, there shall have been no material adverse change 
          in the operations, properties, assets, Liabilities, or financial 
          condition of the Sellers relating to the Clinical Business or any
          material adverse change in the Clinical Business taken as a
          whole, and no event, condition or circumstance shall exist that
          could reasonably be expected to result in such a material adverse
          change.


                    7.10  Supplement to Schedule 3.13.  Because the parties
          anticipate changes will be necessary to SCHEDULE 3.13 by reason
          of clause (vi) of Section 3.13 and the operation of the Clinical 
          Business pending the Closing, the Sellers shall have delivered to
          the Buyer prior to the Closing a supplement to SCHEDULE 3.13 to
          reflect matters required to be disclosed to the Buyer under
          clause (vi) of Section 3.13 by reason of the Sellers' operation
          of the Clinical Business pending the Closing, as aforesaid. 

                    7.11  Delivery of Site Contracts.  Not less than five
          (5) business days prior to the Closing Date, the Sellers shall
          have delivered to the Buyer true, correct and complete copies of 
          all Site Contract then in effect, which shall be subject to the
          review and approval of the Buyer.

               8.   CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO SELLERS' OBLIGATION TO CLOSE


                    Sellers' obligation to sell the Acquired Assets and to 
          take the other actions required to be taken by Sellers at the
          Closing is subject to the satisfaction, at or prior to the
          Closing, of each of the following conditions (any of which may be
          waived by Sellers, in whole or in part):

                    8.1   Accuracy of Representations.  All of Buyer's
          representations and warranties in this Agreement (considered
          collectively), and each of those representations and warranties
          (considered individually), must have been accurate in all
          material respects as of the date of this Agreement and must be
          accurate in all material respects as of the Closing Date as if
          made on the Closing Date.


                    8.2   Buyer's Performance.

                          (a)  All of the covenants and obligations that
          Buyer is required to perform or to comply with pursuant to this
          Agreement at or prior to the Closing (considered collectively),



         <PAGE>

          and each of these covenants and obligations (considered
          individually), must have been performed and complied with in all 
          material respects.

                          (b)  Buyer must have delivered each of the
          documents required to be delivered by Buyer pursuant to Section
           2.6 and must have made, or caused to have been made, the Closing
          Cash Payments.


                    8.3   Consents. Each of the Consents identified in
          SCHEDULE 3.2(b) must have been obtained and must be in full force
          and effect.

                    8.4   Additional Documents.  Buyer must have caused the
          following documents to be delivered to Sellers:

                          (a)  an opinion of in-house counsel to Buyer,
          dated the Closing Date, in the form of EXHIBIT M; and


                          (b)  such other documents as Sellers may
          reasonably request for the purpose of (i) enabling their counsel 
          to provide the opinion referred to in Section 7.4(a), (ii)
          evidencing the accuracy of any representation or warranty of
          Buyer, (iii) evidencing the performance by Buyer of, or the
          compliance by Buyer with, any covenant or obligation required to 
          be performed or complied with by Buyer, (iv) evidencing the
          satisfaction of any condition referred to in this Section 8, or
          (v) otherwise facilitating the consummation of any of the
          Contemplated Transactions.

                    8.5   Shareholder Approval.  This Agreement and the
          Contemplated Transactions shall have been approved by the
          affirmative vote of the shareholders of Collaborative in
          accordance with applicable law.  The Sellers may terminate and
          cancel this Agreement without liability to the Buyer if such
          shareholder approval is not obtained and the Sellers have not
          otherwise breached any provision of this Agreement by providing
          written notice thereof to the Buyer by no later than April 30,
          1999.  Failure by the Sellers to furnish any such written notice 
          to the Buyer pursuant to this Section 8.5 shall constitute a
          waiver by the Sellers of the condition contained herein.


                    8.6   No Injunction.  There must not be in effect any
          Legal Requirement or any injunction or other Order that prohibits
          the sale of the Acquired Assets by Sellers to Buyer.

               9.   TERMINATION


                    9.1   Termination Events.  This Agreement may, by


               <PAGE>


          notice given prior to or at the Closing, be terminated:

                          (a)  by either Buyer or Sellers if a material
          Breach of any provision of this Agreement has been committed by
          the other party and such Breach has not been waived or cured to
          the reasonable satisfaction of the non-breaching party within
          fifteen (15) days following the breaching party's receipt of
          written notice of such Breach from the non-breaching party;


                          (b)  by Buyer if any of the conditions in
          Section 7 has not been satisfied as of the Closing Date or if
          satisfaction of such a condition is or becomes impossible (other 
          than through the failure of Buyer to comply with its obligations 
          under this Agreement) and Buyer has not waived such condition on 
          or before the Closing Date;

                          (c)  by Sellers, if any of the conditions in
          Section 8 has not been satisfied as of the Closing Date or if
          satisfaction of such a condition is or becomes impossible (other 
          than through the failure of Sellers to comply with their
          obligations under this Agreement) and Sellers have not waived
          such condition on or before the Closing Date;

                          (d)  by mutual consent of Buyer and Sellers; 


                          (e)  by the Sellers if a Superior Proposal is
          accepted in accordance with Section 5.6(b); provided that, the
          Sellers shall not be permitted to terminate this Agreement
          pursuant to this Section 9.1(e) unless the Sellers have provided
          the Buyer with written notification thereof that includes the
          identity of the Person making such Acquisition Proposal and a
          description of the material terms of such Acquisition Proposal in
          accordance with Section 5.6 and the Sellers' intent to so
          terminate this Agreement; provided, further, such right of
          termination shall be expressly conditioned upon payment by the
          Sellers to the Buyer of the Termination Fee and Expense Fee in
          the manner provided by Section 9.3; or

                          (f)  by either Buyer or Sellers if the Closing
          has not occurred (other than through the failure of any party
          seeking to terminate this Agreement to comply fully with its
          obligations under this Agreement) on or before April 30, 1999, or
          such later date as the parties may agree upon.


                    9.2   Effect of Termination.  Each party's right of
          termination under Section 9.1 is in addition to any other rights 
          it may have under this Agreement or otherwise, and the exercise
          of a right of termination will not be an election of remedies or 
          relieve any party hereto of liability for any Breach of this
          Agreement.  Subject to the provisions of the immediately


          <PAGE>


          preceding sentence, if this Agreement is terminated pursuant to
          Section 9.1, all further obligations of the parties under this
          Agreement will terminate, except that the obligations in Sections
          9.3, 11.1 and 11.3 will survive.

                    9.3   Termination Fee; Expense Fee.  Notwithstanding
          anything contained herein to the contrary, if this Agreement is
          terminated by the Sellers pursuant to the provisions of Section
          9.1(e), the Sellers shall promptly, but in no event later than
          one (1) business day after the date on which such right to
          terminate is exercised, pay to Buyer a fee of One Million Dollars
          ($1,000,000) (the "Termination Fee") and shall also reimburse
          Buyer for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses and fees payable 
          by it or its affiliates up to the maximum aggregate amount of Two
          Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000) (collectively, the
          "Expenses") (including, without limitation, fees and expenses of 
          all counsel, printers, banks, accountants, and investment banking
          firms, and their respective agents) (the "Expense Fee") related
          to the Contemplated Transactions, such amount to be paid in cash 
          in the immediately available funds by wire transfer to an account
          designated by Buyer.


               10.  INDEMNIFICATION; REMEDIES

                    10.1  Survival.  Subject to the limitations set forth
          in Section 10.5, all representations, warranties, covenants, and 
          obligations in this Agreement, the Schedules to this Agreement,
          and the Related Agreement will survive the Closing.  The right to
          indemnification, reimbursement, or other remedy based on such
          representations, warranties, covenants, and obligations will not 
          be affected by any investigation conducted with respect to, or
          any Knowledge acquired (or capable of being acquired) about the
          accuracy or inaccuracy of or compliance with, any such
          representation, warranty, covenant, or obligation.  The waiver of
          any condition based on the accuracy of any representation or
          warranty, or on the performance of or compliance with any
          covenant or obligation, will not affect the right to
          indemnification, reimbursement, or other remedy based on such
          representations, warranties, covenants, and obligations.

                    10.2  Indemnification and Reimbursement by Sellers. 
          Sellers, jointly and severally, shall indemnify and hold harmless
          Buyer and its Representatives, stockholders, controlling persons,
          and affiliates (collectively, the "Indemnified Persons"), and
          will reimburse the Indemnified Persons, for any loss, Liability, 
          claim, damage and expense (including costs of investigation and
          defense and reasonable attorneys' fees), whether or not involving
          a third-party claim (collectively, "Damages"), arising from or in
          connection with any of the following:


                          (a)  any Breach of any representation or warranty

            <PAGE>



          made by Sellers in this Agreement, the Schedules to this
          Agreement, the certificate delivered pursuant to
          Section 2.6(a)(v), or any other Related Agreements delivered by
          Sellers pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement;

                          (b)  any Breach by any Seller of any covenant or 
          obligation of any Seller in this Agreement or any Related
          Agreement;


                          (c)  the Excluded Liabilities;

                          (d)  any Environmental, Health and Safety
          Liabilities arising out of or relating to (i) the ownership,
          operation or condition at any time on or prior to the Closing
          Date of any of the Facilities or any other properties or assets
          in which any Seller has or had an interest; (ii) any Hazardous
          Materials or other contaminants that were present at such
          Facilities or such other properties or assets at any time on or
          prior to the Closing Date; (iii) any Hazardous Materials or other
          contaminants, wherever located, that were, or were allegedly,
          generated, transported, stored, treated, Released or otherwise
          handled or any hazardous activities that were, or were allegedly,
          conducted by any Seller or by any other Person for whose conduct 
          they are or may be held responsible; and (iv) any bodily injury
          (including illness, disability and death), personal injury, and
          property damage or other damage of or to any Person, in any way
          arising from or allegedly arising from any hazardous activity
          conducted or allegedly conducted with respect to such Facilities 
          or the operations of any Seller prior to the Closing Date or from
          Hazardous Material that was present on or before the Closing Date
          on or at such Facilities or that was Released or allegedly
          Released at any time on or prior to the Closing Date by any
          Seller or its predecessors; 

                          (e)  any claim by any Person for brokerage or
          finder's fees or commissions or similar payments based upon any
          agreement or understanding alleged to have been made by any such 
          Person with any Seller (or any Person acting on such Seller's
          behalf) in connection with any of the Contemplated Transactions; 
          or


                          (f)  without limiting the generality of
          Section 10.2(c), any failure by the Sellers to comply with all
          bulk sales, bulk clearance, and related legal requirements in
          connection with the sale of the Acquired Assets or the
          Contemplated Transactions.

                    10.3  Indemnification and Reimbursement by Buyer. 
          Buyer shall indemnify and hold harmless Sellers, and will
          reimburse Sellers, for any Damages arising from or in connection 
          with any of the following:

            <PAGE>



                          (a)  any Breach of any representation or warranty
          made by Buyer in this Agreement or in any Related Agreement
          delivered by Buyer pursuant to or in connection with this
          Agreement;

                          (b)  any Breach by Buyer of any covenant or
          obligation of Buyer in this Agreement or any Related Agreement;
          or


                          (c)  any claim by any Person for brokerage or
          finder's fees or commissions or similar payments based upon any
          agreement or understanding alleged to have been made by such
          Person with Buyer (or any Person acting on its behalf) in
          connection with any of the Contemplated Transactions.

                    10.4  Procedure for Indemnification - Third Party
          Claims.

                          (a)  Promptly after receipt by an indemnified
          party under Section 10.2 or 10.3 of notice of the commencement of
          any Proceeding against it, such indemnified party shall, if a
          claim is to be made against an indemnifying party under such
          Section, give notice to the indemnifying party of the
          commencement of such claim, but the failure to notify the
          indemnifying party will not relieve the indemnifying party of any
          liability that it may have to any indemnified party, except to
          the extent that the indemnifying party demonstrates that the
          defense of such action is materially prejudiced by the
          indemnifying party's failure to give such notice.


                          (b)  If any Proceeding referred to in
          Section 10.4(a) is brought against an indemnified party and it
          gives notice to the indemnifying party of the commencement of
          such Proceeding, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to
          participate in such Proceeding and, if (i) the indemnifying party
          acknowledges in writing to the indemnified party, without
          qualification or limitation, its obligation to indemnify the
          indemnified party for all Damages arising from such Proceeding
          and (ii) provides the indemnified party with satisfactory
          assurances that it has the financial ability to fully indemnify
          the indemnified party for such Damages, the indemnifying party
          shall assume the defense of such Proceeding with counsel
          reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party.  If notice is
          given to an indemnifying party of the commencement of any
          Proceeding and the indemnifying party does not, within ten days
          after the indemnified party's notice is given, give notice to the
          indemnified party of its election to assume the defense of such
          Proceeding, the indemnifying party will be bound by any
          determination made in such Proceeding or any compromise or
          settlement effected by the indemnified party.

          <PAGE>



                          (c)  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an
          indemnified party determines in good faith that there is a
          reasonable probability that a Proceeding may adversely affect it 
          or its Related Persons other than as a result of monetary damages
          for which it would be entitled to indemnification under this
          Agreement, or if an indemnified party reasonably believes that it
          may not receive the indemnification to which it may be entitled
          from the indemnifying party, the indemnified party may, by notice
          to the indemnifying party, assume the exclusive right to defend, 
          compromise, or settle such Proceeding, but the indemnifying party
          will not be bound by any determination of a Proceeding so
          defended or any compromise or settlement effected without its
          consent (which may not be unreasonably withheld).

                    10.5  Limitation of Claims.  


                          (a)  Except as set forth below, there shall be no
          liability under or with respect to any of the warranties or
          representations of Sellers or Buyer in or under this Agreement or
          in any Schedule hereto, unless a claim for indemnity is given by 
          the party seeking indemnification within the six (6) month period
          immediately following the Closing Date, except for Damages
          arising as a result of, or in connection with, or with respect to
          the following, with respect to which there shall be no limitation
          as to the time period within which an indemnity claim must be
          made by Buyer hereunder:  (i) the Excluded Liabilities; or (ii)
          the Breach of any agreements or covenants of any Seller
          hereunder.  

                          (b)  The maximum aggregate amount recoverable by 
          Buyer from Sellers pursuant to this Section 10 arising by reason 
          or Breach of a representation or warranty of Sellers hereunder
          shall be limited to the sum of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000); 
          provided, however, (i) the Buyer shall be entitled to
          indemnification hereunder only when the aggregate of all such
          claims exceeds One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) (the
          "Threshold Amount"), and (ii) all such claims shall be
          recoverable by the Buyer after the Threshold Amount of claims has
          been reached.

                          (c)  The maximum amount recoverable by Sellers
          from Buyer pursuant to this Section 10 arising by reason or
          Breach of a representation or warranty of Buyer hereunder shall
          be limited to the sum of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000);
          provided, however, (i) the Sellers shall be entitled to
          indemnification hereunder only when the aggregate of all such
          claims exceed the Threshold Amount, and (ii) all such claims
          shall be recoverable by the Sellers after the Threshold Amount
          has been reached.


                          (d)  Anything to the contrary set forth in this

          <PAGE>



          Section 10 notwithstanding, the provisions of this Section 10
          shall not apply to any Damages relating to, or arising out of, or
          in connection with, the fraud of any party hereto.

                    11.   GENERAL PROVISIONS


                    11.1  Expenses. Except as otherwise expressly provided 
          in this Agreement, each party to this Agreement will bear its
          respective expenses incurred in connection with the preparation, 
          execution, and performance of this Agreement and the Contemplated
          Transactions, including all fees and expenses of agents,
          representatives, counsel, and accountants.

                    11.2  Public Announcements.  Any public announcement or
          similar publicity with respect to this Agreement or the
          Contemplated Transactions will be issued, if at all, at such time
          and in such manner as Buyer and Sellers mutually determine. 
          Unless consented to by Buyer in advance or required by Legal
          Requirements, prior to the Closing the Sellers shall keep this
          Agreement strictly confidential and may not make any disclosure
          of this Agreement to any Person.  Sellers and Buyer will consult 
          with each other concerning the means by which Seller's employees,
          customers, and suppliers and others having dealings with Seller
          will be informed of the Contemplated Transactions, and both the
          Sellers and the Buyer will have the right to be present for any
          such communication.  The Buyer acknowledges that the Sellers
          intend to issue a press release with respect to the Contemplated 
          Transactions following the execution of this Agreement and that
          the form of such press release will be subject to the prior
          approval of the Buyer.

                    11.3  Confidentiality.  Between the date of this
          Agreement and the Closing Date, Buyer and Sellers will maintain
          in confidence, and will cause the Related Persons and
          Representatives of Buyer and Sellers to maintain in confidence
          any confidential or proprietary written, oral, or other
          information obtained from the other party or such parties'
          Related Persons or Representatives in connection with this
          Agreement or the Contemplated Transactions, unless (a) such
          information is already known to such party or to others not bound
          by a duty of confidentiality or such information becomes publicly
          available through no fault of such party, (b) the use of such
          information is necessary or appropriate in making any filing or
          obtaining any consent or approval required for the consummation
          of the Contemplated Transactions, or (c) the furnishing or use of
          such information is required by or necessary or appropriate in
          connection with a Legal Requirement or Proceeding.  Without
          limiting the generality of the foregoing, if the Contemplated
          Transactions are not completed, the Buyer agrees to make no use
          whatsoever of any of the confidential information made available 
          to it by the Sellers including, without limitation, customer
          lists, Sponsor Contracts, or Site Contracts and each party will

            <PAGE>



          return or destroy as much of such written information as the
          other party may reasonably request.

                    11.4  Notices.  All notices, consents, waivers, and
          other communications under this Agreement must be in writing and 
          will be deemed to have been duly given when (a) delivered by hand
          (with written confirmation of receipt), (b) sent by telecopier
          (with written confirmation of receipt), provided that a copy is
          also mailed to such party, or (c) when received by the addressee,
          if sent by a nationally recognized overnight delivery service
          (receipt requested) or by mailing, certified mail (return receipt
          requested), in each case to the appropriate addresses and
          telecopier numbers set forth below (or to such other addresses
          and telecopier numbers as a party may designate by notice to the 
          other parties):


               Sellers:             Collaborative Clinical Research, Inc.
                                    20600 Chagrin Boulevard, Suite 1050
                                    Cleveland, Ohio  44122

                                    Attn:  Mr. Jeffrey A. Green, Chief

                                           Executive Officer
                                    Telecopy No.:  (216) 491-3888

               with a copy to:      Calfee, Halter & Griswold LLP

                                    1400 McDonald Investment Center
                                    800 Superior Avenue
                                    Cleveland, Ohio  44114-2688


                                    Attn:  Thomas F. McKee, Esquire
                                    Telecopy No.:  (216) 241-0816

               Buyer:               The West Company, Incorporated
                                    101 Gordon Drive

                                    Lionville, Pennsylvania  19341-0645

                                    Attn:  Mr. Michael A. Anderson, Vice
                                           President, Strategic Planning &

                                           New Clinical Business
                                           Development
                                    Telecopy No.: (610) 594-3010


                <PAGE>


               with a copy to:      The West Company, Incorporated
                                    101 Gordon Drive
                                    Lionville, Pennsylvania  19341-0645


                                    Attn:  John R. Gailey, III, Esquire
                                    Telecopy No.:  (610) 594-3013

                    11.5  Jurisdiction; Service of Process.  Any action or 
          proceeding seeking to enforce any provision of, or based on any
          right arising out of, this Agreement may be brought against any
          of the parties in the courts of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania,
          County of Philadelphia, or, if it has or can acquire
          jurisdiction, in the United States District Court for the Eastern
          District of Pennsylvania, and each of the parties consents to the
          jurisdiction of such courts (and of the appropriate appellate
          courts) in any such action or proceeding and waives any objection
          to venue laid therein.


                    11.6  Further Assurances.  The parties agree (a) to
          furnish upon request to each other such further information, (b)
          to execute and deliver to each other such other documents, and
          (c) to do such other acts and things, all as the other party may
          reasonably request for the purpose of carrying out the intent of
          this Agreement and the Related Agreements and the documents
          referred to in this Agreement and the Related Agreements. 
          Without limiting the foregoing, Sellers shall assist Buyer in
          obtaining all permits, licenses, approvals and other Governmental
          Authorizations which may be necessary or appropriate in
          connection with the Contemplated Transactions.

                    11.7  Waiver.  The rights and remedies of the parties
          to this Agreement are cumulative and not alternative.  Neither
          the failure nor any delay by any party in exercising any right,
          power, or privilege under this Agreement or the documents
          referred to in this Agreement will operate as a waiver of such
          right, power, or privilege, and no single or partial exercise of 
          any such right, power, or privilege will preclude any other or
          further exercise of such right, power, or privilege or the
          exercise of any other right, power, or privilege.


                    11.8  Entire Agreement and Modification.  Except as
          otherwise provided by the last sentence of Section 5.1, this
          Agreement supersedes all prior agreements between the parties
          with respect to its subject matter and constitutes (along with
          the Related Agreements) a complete and exclusive statement of the
          terms of the agreement between the parties with respect to its
          and their subject matter.  This Agreement may not be amended
          except by a written agreement executed by the party to be charged
          with the amendment.

          <PAGE>



                    11.9  Schedules.

                          (a)  The disclosures in the Schedules to this
          Agreement, and those in any supplements thereto, relate only to
          the representations and warranties in the Section of the
          Agreement to which they expressly relate and not to any other
          representation or warranty in this Agreement.


                          (b)  In the event of any inconsistency between
          the statements in the body of this Agreement and those in the
          Schedules (other than an exception expressly set forth in a
          Schedule with respect to a specifically identified representation
          or warranty), the statements in the body of this Agreement will
          control.

                    11.10 Assignments, Successors, and No Third-Party
          Rights.  Neither party may assign any of its rights under this
          Agreement without the prior consent of the other parties, except 
          that Buyer (a) may assign any of its rights under this Agreement 
          to any affiliate of Buyer (but such assignment will not relieve
          Buyer of any of its obligations under this Agreement), (b) shall 
          have the right to require Sellers to transfer and convey at the
          Closing any of the Acquired Assets specified by Buyer to one or
          more affiliates of Buyer, and (c) assign or pledge all of its
          rights hereunder to the financial institutions providing
          financing to Buyer, as security for Buyer's obligations to such
          institutions.  Subject to the preceding sentence, this Agreement 
          will apply to, be binding in all respects upon, and inure to the 
          benefit of the successors and permitted assigns of the parties.  
          Nothing expressed or referred to in this Agreement will be
          construed to give any Person other than the parties to this
          Agreement any legal or equitable right, remedy, or claim under or
          with respect to this Agreement or any provision of this
          Agreement.  This Agreement and all of its provisions and
          conditions are for the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties 
          to this Agreement and their successors and assigns.

                    11.11 Severability. If any provision of this Agreement 
          is held invalid or unenforceable by any court of competent
          jurisdiction, the other provisions of this Agreement will remain 
          in full force and effect.  Any provision of this Agreement held
          invalid or unenforceable only in part or degree will remain in
          full force and effect to the extent not held invalid or
          unenforceable.


                    11.12 Section Headings.  The headings of Sections in
          this Agreement are provided for convenience only and will not
          affect its construction or interpretation.

                    11.13 Time of Essence.  With regard to all dates and
          time periods set forth or referred to in this Agreement, time is 

         <PAGE>



          of the essence.

                    11.14 Governing Law.  This Agreement will be governed
          by and construed under the laws of the Commonwealth of
          Pennsylvania without regard to conflicts of laws principles.


                    11.15 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in
          one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an
          original copy of this Agreement and all of which, when taken
          together, will be deemed to constitute one and the same
          agreement.

                    11.16 Use of Name.  Buyer will acquire all rights to
          each corporate name and tradename of each Seller, and any
          variations and derivations thereof.  Accordingly, each Seller
          will change its name and cause all of their Related Persons, if
          any, which are not individuals to change their names immediately 
          after the Closing to names that are not similar to such Seller's 
          corporate name, tradename, or any derivation thereof.

                    11.17 Records Retention.  For a period of two (2) years
          after the Closing Date or until the sale, merger, or liquidation 
          (at least forty-five (45) days' advance written notice of which
          shall have been furnished by the Sellers to the Buyer), whichever
          first occurs, Sellers shall afford Buyer access to, and Sellers
          shall retain and shall not destroy, all of its books, records,
          Government Authorizations, reports, data, materials, and
          documents which are not included in the Acquired Assets but which
          relate to the Clinical Business as conducted prior to the Closing
          Date.


                    11.18  Joinder by DataTRAK.  Except as otherwise
          expressly permitted under and pursuant to the Non-Competition
          Agreement to which DataTRAK is a party, DataTRAK has also
          executed and delivered this Agreement at the request of
          Collaborative for the purpose of joining in the provisions of
          this Agreement to evidence its agreement to transfer and convey
          to the Buyer, at the Closing, any right, title or interest that
          DataTRAK may have in or to any of the Acquired Assets and to
          execute and deliver any and all agreements, documents and
          instruments reasonably requested by the Buyer in connection
          therewith.

                    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this
          Agreement as of the date first written above.


                                         COLLABORATIVE CLINICAL RESEARCH,
                                         INC., an Ohio corporation

                                         By________________________________


                <PAGE>


                                                  Name:
                                                  Title:

                                         Attest:___________________________

                                                  Name:
                                                  Title:


                                         GFI PHARMACEUTICAL SERVICES, INC.,
                                         an Indiana corporation


                                         By________________________________
                                                  Name:
                                                  Title:


                                         Attest:___________________________
                                                  Name:
                                                  Title:



          (SIGNATURE LINES CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE)

        <PAGE>



                                         CHI COLLABORATIVE HOLDINGS, an
                                         Ohio corporation

                                         By________________________________
                                                  Name:

                                                  Title:

                                         Attest:___________________________
                                                  Name:
                                                  Title:



                                         DATATRAK, INC., an Ohio
                                         corporation


                                         By________________________________
                                                  Name:
                                                  Title:


                                         Attest:___________________________
                                                  Name:
                                                  Title:

                                                       ("Sellers")



                                         THE WEST COMPANY, INCORPORATED, a 
                                         Pennsylvania corporation


                                         By________________________________
                                                  Name:
                                                  Title:

                                         Attest:___________________________

                                                  Name:
                                                  Title:

                                                  ("Buyer")

         <PAGE>



                                                                  EXHIBIT A


                                 THE ACQUIRED ASSETS


                    The "ACQUIRED ASSETS" to be purchased by Buyer and
          sold, conveyed, assigned, transferred and delivered on the
          Closing Date to Buyer by Sellers shall include all right, title
          and interest in and to all of the assets, rights, privileges, and
          interests of Sellers used by the Sellers in connection with the
          Clinical Business, of whatever nature and wherever located, other
          than the "EXCLUDED ASSETS", including without limitation all of
          the following:

                    1.    Account Receivable.  All accounts receivable and 
          other amounts owed or otherwise payable to any Seller that exist 
          as of the Closing Date.


                    2.    Tangible Personal Property.  All items of
          machinery, equipment, trade fixtures, furnishings, motor
          vehicles, furniture, and other tangible personal property,
          including such items as are referred to on EXHIBIT A-2 (but with 
          such additions thereto and deletions therefrom in the Ordinary
          Course of Clinical Business as may be contemplated or permitted
          by this Agreement).

                    3.    Assigned Contracts.  All of Sellers' rights and
          interests as of the Closing Date under or relating to the
          "ASSIGNED CONTRACTS" (as defined below).


                    4.    Claims, Prepayments, Deposits, Etc.  All claims, 
          deposits, prepayments, prepaid expenses, refunds, causes of
          action, chooses in action, rights of recovery, rights of setoff
          and rights of recoupment.

                    5.    Books and Records.  All books, records, ledgers, 
          files, documents, correspondence, lists (including, without
          limitation, sponsor lists, provider lists, site lists, and
          prospect lists), plats, architectural plans, drawings,
          specifications, studies, reports, computer software, systems,
          procedures manuals, and related materials used in the Acquired
          Assets.


                    6.    Advertising.  All advertising and promotional
          materials, market research, business plans and projections,
          artwork, masters, tapes, mats and other similar items pertaining 
          to the Acquired Assets.

                    7.    Permits and Licenses.  All transferable

           <PAGE>



          approvals, permits, licenses, orders, registrations,
          certificates, variances and other Governmental Authorizations.

                    8.    Intellectual Property Assets.  Intellectual
          Property Assets pertaining to the Clinical Business (including,
          without limitation, the names "Collaborative Clinical Research," 
          GFI Pharmaceutical Services," and "[CHI/WCE] Clinical
          Evaluations" and any derivations thereof).


                    The "Assigned Contracts" shall be comprised of the
          agreements and other instruments identified on SCHEDULE A
          attached to this EXHIBIT A; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if the
          Consent of any Person is required in order to permit the
          assignment to Buyer of any such agreement or other instrument,
          and if such Consent is not obtained on or before the Closing
          Date, then Buyer may elect, on the Closing Date, either (i) to
          include such agreement or other instrument among the "Assigned
          Contracts," or (ii) to exclude such agreement or other instrument
          from the "Assigned Contracts."

         <PAGE>



                                      SCHEDULE A

                    [This SCHEDULE A shall be prepared by Sellers and
          include, among other things, Employment Agreements being assigned
          to Buyer (Richard J. Kasmer, William Stigelman, Wade Lange,
          Gregory A. Folz, Herbert L. Hugill, and David Hirsch), the
          Leases, the Lab Testing Contracts, the Site Contracts, and the
          Sponsor Contracts.]

         <PAGE>



                                                                  EXHIBIT B


                                 ASSUMED LIABILITIES


                    The liabilities to be assumed by Buyer pursuant to the 
          Agreement or otherwise in connection with the transactions
          described therein shall consist only of the following Liabilities
          (the "Assumed Liabilities") in connection with the operation of
          the Clinical Business:

                    1.    Assigned Contracts.  All obligations of Seller
          under the Assigned Contracts which are to be performed after, and
          relate to the period after, the Closing Date (to the extent that 
          the existence of such obligations is ascertainable solely by
          reference to the written provisions of the Assigned Contracts as 
          disclosed to Buyer before the Closing Date or the descriptions of
          any oral Assigned Contracts set forth in SCHEDULE 3.14), but
          specifically excluding any obligations to be performed prior to
          the Closing and any obligations relating to breaches, defaults or
          non-performance under any of the Assigned Contracts occurring or 
          commencing prior to the Closing Date.


                    2.    Accrued Expenses; Trade Payables.  All accrued
          expenses and accounts payable of Sellers as of the Closing Date
          that were incurred in the Ordinary Course of Clinical Business, a
          list and description (including amounts) of which is attached as
          EXHIBIT B-2 hereof.

                    3.    Scheduled Severance Obligations.  Those severance
          obligations described on SCHEDULE 5.9(d) for and with respect to 
          those employees of Sellers hired by the Buyer pursuant to
          Section 5.9(d).

         <PAGE>



                                                                  EXHIBIT E


                                   EXCLUDED ASSETS


                    The Acquired Assets shall not include, and Sellers
          shall specifically retain, all of the following (the "Excluded
          Assets"):

                    1.    Cash; Cash Equivalents.  All cash and cash
          equivalents (including marketable equity services and short-term 
          investments) of Sellers as of the Closing Date.


                    2.    Corporate Charters, Etc.  The corporate charter, 
          qualifications to conduct business as foreign corporations,
          arrangements with registered agents relating to foreign
          qualifications, taxpayer and other identification numbers, seals,
          minute books, stock transfer books and other documents relating
          to the organization, maintenance and existence of Seller as a
          corporation.

                    3.    Rights Under This Agreement.  All of the rights
          of the Sellers under this Agreement or under any Related
          Agreement between Sellers on the one hand and the Buyer on the
          other hand entered into on or after the date of this Agreement.


                    4.    Non-Clinical Business Assets.  All of the assets,
          rights, privileges, and interests of Sellers not used in
          connection with the Clinical Business.

                    5.    DataTRAK.  The capital stock of DataTRAK owned by
          Collaborative.


                    6.    Tax Records.  The Sellers' tax returns and
          related corporate records.

                    7.    Privileged Information.  All information
          protected by the Sellers' attorney-client or attorney work
          product privilege.

                    8.    Third-Party Claims.  Claims and similar rights of
          any Seller against third parties which are not related to the
          Clinical Business.


                    9.    Shared Assets.  [TO BE COVERED IN SELLER
          AGREEMENTS].

         <PAGE>



                                     EXHIBIT G-1

                    The Sellers and the Buyer shall in good faith use their
          joint best efforts to negotiate a mutually satisfactory Services 
          Agreement prior to the Closing, pursuant to which the parties
          shall share with one another certain assets and/or services which
          relate to both the Clinical Business and other businesses of the 
          Sellers and DataTRAK (including, by way of example but not
          limitation, accounting, payroll and telephone systems). The
          execution and delivery of the Services Agreement shall be a
          condition precedent to the parties' obligation to complete the
          Contemplated Transactions. 

         <PAGE>



                                    Exhibit G-2

          Seller Agreement required by EXHIBIT G-2 shall be in             
                substantially the following form.



                                  December 21, 1998

          The West Company, Incorporated

          101 Gordon Drive
          Lionville, Pennsylvania  19341

          Attention: Mr. Michael Anderson


          Dear Mr. Anderson:

               On December 21, 1998, The West Company, Incorporated
          ("Buyer"), Collaborative Clinical Research, Inc.
          ("Collaborative"), GFI Pharmaceutical Services, Inc. ("GFI"), and
          Collaborative Holdings, Inc. ("CHI") (Collaborative, GFI and CHI
          being collectively referred to herein as the "Sellers") entered
          into an Asset Purchase Agreement (the "Purchase Agreement").
          Pursuant to the terms of the Purchase Agreement, the Sellers
          agreed to sell and the Buyer agreed to purchase substantially all
          of the assets of the Sellers relating to the Clinical Business
          (as defined in the Purchase Agreement). DataTRAK, Inc.
          ("DataTRAK") is engaged in, among other things, the business of
          developing and providing software, technology and related
          electronic data handling services (as more fully described on
          Exhibit "A" on the Non-Competition Agreement to be executed by
          the Sellers and DataTRAK pursuant to the Purchase Agreement).


               In connection with the transactions described in the
          Purchase Agreement and as a material inducement for the Buyer to 
          complete such transactions, DataTRAK covenants and agrees to make
          the services and the products of DataTRAK's electronic data
          capture business available to the Buyer on royalty, fee and other
          material terms which are no less favorable than those terms
          offered to other non-affiliated customers (excluding, however,

          <PAGE>







          arrangements made by DataTRAK with any members of any Consortium 
          described in Section 1(c) of the above mentioned Non-Competition 
          Agreement.


               DataTRAK has executed this letter intending to be legally
          bound.

                                        DATATRAK, INC.


                                        By_________________________________
                                             Name:
                                             Title:

           




          <PAGE>                                            Exhibit 13
          FINANCIAL REVIEW
          --------------------
           West Pharmaceutical Services (the Company) applies value-added 
          services to the process of bringing new drug therapies and
          healthcare products to global markets.  West s technologies
          include the design and manufacture of packaging components for
          pharmaceutical, healthcare and consumer products (device product 
          development); research and development of drug delivery systems; 
          and contract laboratory services and other services that support
          the manufacturing, filling and packaging of pharmaceutical,
          healthcare and consumer products (contract services). 

           The following is management's discussion and analysis of the
          Company's operating results for the three years ended December
          31, 1998 and its financial position as of year-end 1998.  The
          information should be read in conjunction with the financial
          statements and accompanying notes appearing elsewhere in this
          report.

          RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
          ---------------------
            The Company's 1998 net income was $6.7 million, or $.41 per
          share.  Net income includes a charge of $28.2 million related to 
          in-process research and development associated with the 1998
          acquisition of DanBioSyst UK Ltd. (DanBioSyst) and a $2.5 million
          net restructuring charge to income in the third quarter of 1998
          related to staff reductions.  In 1997, net income was $44.4
          million, or $2.69 per share, and includes a $7.9 million net tax 
          benefit associated mainly with the tax reorganization of the
          Company s German subsidiaries.  The 1996 net income of $16.4
          million, or $1.00 per share, reflects a $15 million net charge to
          income in the first quarter of 1996 related to a restructuring
          plan.  Excluding the in-process research and development charge
          in 1998, the tax benefit in 1997 and restructuring charges in
          1998 and 1996, the Company s 1998 net income was $37.4 million,
          or $2.28 per share, which compares with 1997 net income of $36.5 
          million, or $2.21 per share, and 1996 net income of $31.3
          million, or $1.91 per share.

            During 1996 and 1997, the Company implemented a major
          restructuring plan.  The plan included downsizing or closing
          manufacturing facilities. Three manufacturing facilities in
          Argentina, Puerto Rico and Germany were closed and the machinery 
          business was sold.  Facilities in Brazil and Pennsylvania were
          downsized and a development facility in Colorado was closed.  An 
          approximate 5% reduction in the workforce was completed.  The
          total restructuring charge was $21.5 million, approximately $7.3 
          million of which represented severance and benefits.  The
          remaining charge covered the facility closing costs and the
          reduction to net realizable value of the facilities and equipment
          made excess by the restructuring actions. Part of an overall
          strategy to enhance technical capabilities and assure the quality
          of products, the restructuring plan created focused, more
          efficient factories and shifted certain production to lower-cost 
          locations. In the third quarter of 1998, a further restructuring 
          charge was recorded related to staff reductions which reduced
          headcount by 1%.

          <PAGE>

          Net Sales
          ---------

            Net sales were $449.7 million in 1998, as compared with $452.5 
          million for 1997.  Lower comparable sales in the first half of
          1998 were nearly offset by sales growth in the second half of the
          year, particularly in contract services and in packaging
          components for European markets.  Reported consolidated sales
          comparisons were negatively impacted by about $2.6 million due to
          the stronger U.S. dollar versus most European and Asian
          currencies.

            Sales of manufactured device products for the healthcare and
          consumer markets decreased 1% (measured at constant exchange
          rates) in 1998 compared with 1997.  Sales declined in all markets
          with the exception of Europe, where sales increased 9% partially
          due to the mid-1998 acquisition of Betraine Limited.  Sales in
          domestic markets decreased 6% with lower sales to both healthcare
          and consumer markets, mainly reflecting lower sales to several
          key customers.  These declines resulted in part from reductions
          in customers  inventory levels, and a combination of lower resin
          prices and loss of business at three accounts to competitors. 
          The Company is working on new or improved product offerings to
          regain lost business.  

            Sales in Asian and South American markets were lower primarily
          due to the impact on demand of local financial crises.  Continued
          consumer and government pressure to control and even reduce the
          cost of healthcare delivery is transforming the healthcare
          markets.  Customers have responded by establishing aggressive
          cost reduction programs and in certain instances reducing
          inventory levels.  The Company s ability to increase prices is
          becoming more limited and competitive activity is increasing. 
          Part of the Company s continuing strategy to combat this
          environment is to focus on the needs of its customers with
          planned introductions of new services and products.

            Contract manufacturing and packaging services sales increased
          by 3% for the full year, but excluding the impact of the lower
          level of company-supplied materials for 1998 production, sales
          increased by 8%. Demand in the last half of the year was strong
          with sales of these services increasing by 16% compared  with
          1997.  The Company is investing in the capability of its contract
          manufacturing and packaging facilities and is leveraging its
          sales effort to offer customers the full supply chain capability 
          of its business units.  

            Revenues attributable to drug delivery research and development
          totaled $1.5 million in 1998.
            
            Net sales were $452.5 million in 1997, a decrease of $6.3
          million, or 1%, compared with net sales of $458.8 million in
          1996.  Without the effect of the strong U.S. dollar, which
          reduced reported sales by about $12.9 million, and without the
          1996 machinery sales, a business sold in 1996, sales in 1997 were
          2% higher compared with 1996.

           Contract manufacturing and packaging service sales increased 13%
          in 1997 compared with 1996, largely as a result of stronger
          demand and because the Company supplied a larger portion of the
          materials used in 1997 production.

           <PAGE>
            Sales of manufactured device products were flat in 1997
          compared with 1996.  Sales in domestic markets increased by 2%.  
          Domestic healthcare market sales growth of about 3% reflects the
          modest growth rate of the market and a favorable product mix.
          Domestic consumer market sales decreased 4% compared with 1996.  
          The decline occurred in the fourth quarter, in part due to lower 
          demand for Spout-pak , a fitment for gable-carton juice
          containers, low demand for certain customers' products and the
          loss of customers  replacement products to other suppliers. Sales
          in international markets were lower and the product mix was
          unfavorable.

          Gross Profit
          ------------

            The consolidated gross margin in 1998 was 30.1% and gross
          profit was $135.2 million.  These results compare with a 29.2%
          gross margin and gross profit of $132.1 million in 1997.

            Margins on contract manufacturing and packaging services sales 
          increased significantly due to sales volumes, price increases, a 
          shift to higher margin, longer-running jobs and improved
          efficiencies.

            Margins on manufactured device product sales were slightly
          lower than 1997 due to the inclusion of Betraine Limited, a
          company acquired in 1998.  The Company is working to improve the
          cost structure and product mix at this subsidiary.  Excluding
          Betraine, gross margins for this operating segment increased
          slightly due to cost savings and efficiency programs.  These cost
          reductions offset the combined negative impact of lower volumes, 
          a less favorable product mix and price competition.
           
           The gross margin of 29.2% in 1997 represented an increase from  
          the 27.5% gross margin in 1996, and gross profit increased from
          $126.1 million to $132.1 million
           
           Contract services' gross margin doubled in 1997 compared with
          1996 due to sales volumes and efficiencies achieved.  Margins on 
          manufactured device product sales  increased by more than one
          percentage point due to the combined impact of cost savings
          initiatives, a more profitable product mix in domestic markets 
          and lower resin raw material costs which are passed through to
          customers.

          Expenses
          --------
           Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of 
          sales were 15.7% in 1998, 15.5% in 1997 and 15.9% in 1996.

            Selling, general and administrative expenses totaled $70.5
          million in 1998, $70.2 million in 1997 and $72.8 million in 1996. 
          The $.3 million increase in these expenses in 1998 compared with 
          1997 was primarily the result of expenses associated with
          acquisitions.  These increases more than offset the following
          favorable factors:  lower pension costs due to higher income on
          U.S. pension plan assets, the impact of the stronger U.S. dollar
          and lower U.S. employee fringe benefit costs.

            The 4% decrease in these expenses in 1997 compared with 1996

           <PAGE>
          was primarily the result of lower pension costs due to higher
          income on U.S. pension plan assets and the impact of the stronger
          U.S. dollar.  These decreases more than offset the following
          factors: inflationary cost increases, increased bad debt expense 
          primarily related to the bankruptcy of a domestic customer and
          higher expenses in Asia/Pacific due to the financial crisis in
          that market, an increase in estimated expenses associated with
          environmental remediation activity, and higher spending related
          to drug delivery system development.

           Included in the other income category is interest income
          totaling $2.7 million in 1998, $2.0 million in 1997 and $1.3
          million in 1996, a result of higher cash balances available for
          investment, due to strong cash flow from operations.  Foreign
          currency gains and losses were not significant in the last three 
          years.  In 1998, the Company s subsidiary in Brazil was no longer
          accounted for as operating in a hyperinflationary economy because
          the cumulative inflation rate has declined dramatically.  Net
          losses on real estate and investments totaled $.3 million in
          1998, $.7 million in 1997, and $.2 million in 1996.  Losses on
          disposition of obsolete equipment were lower in both 1998 and
          1997 compared with the prior year.

          Interest
          ---------
           Interest costs totaled $7.5 million in 1998 compared with $6.0
          million in 1997 and $7.3 million in 1996, of which $.3 million in
          1998 and $.4 million in 1997 and 1996 were capitalized as part of
          the cost of capital asset acquisitions.

           The average consolidated debt level increased in 1998 after
          having decreased in 1997. Higher debt levels in 1998 reflect the 
          1998 acquisitions of DanBioSyst and Betraine and the Company s
          Dutch Auction self tender for two million shares at $30 per
          share, completed in the fourth quarter of 1998.    


          Income Taxes
          ------------
          The effective tax rate on consolidated income was 76.1%  in 1998,
          23.2% in 1997 and 41.8% in 1996. Unusual events have impacted the
          effective tax rate in each of these years.  Excluding the impact 
          of these unusual items would result in comparative tax rates of
          37.8% for 1998, 37% for 1997 and 36.6% for 1996.

          Pretax earnings for 1998 were reduced by a  non-deductible $28.2 
          million charge for acquired in-process research and development. 
          Excluding this charge,  the effective tax rate of 37.8% reflects 
          the higher proportion of pretax earnings generated in non-U.S.
          subsidiaries with higher tax rates.

          Significantly impacting the tax accrual for 1997 were  two events
          which produced a net tax benefit of $7.9 million. The events
          were: 1) a tax reorganization of the German subsidiaries which
          both increased the tax basis for the assets of these entities and
          resulted in tax credit refunds, and 2) repatriation of cash
          dividends  from certain foreign subsidiaries.  Excluding this net
          benefit , the effective tax rate was 37%, which included an
          increase in the statutory tax rate in France, enacted in 1997.

          <PAGE>
          The low tax benefit on certain components of the 1996
          restructuring charge increased the 1996 effective tax rate. 
          Excluding the restructuring charge and the applicable tax
          benefits, the 1996 effective tax rate would have been 36.6%.  

          Equity in Affiliates
          --------------------

          The contribution to earnings from a 25% ownership interest in
          Daikyo Seiko,Ltd. and a 49% ownership interest in three
          associated companies in Mexico has declined in each of the past
          three years.  Daikyo s contribution to earnings has steadily
          decreased due to a combination of higher expenses related to
          introduction of a new product line, Resin CZ  vials, lower sales 
          due to reduced government reimbursements of healthcare costs and 
          a three-year weakening of the Japanese yen versus the U.S.
          dollar.  The decrease in earnings contributions from the
          affiliates in Mexico is also due to declining sales over the
          three years in part as a result of more aggressive competition. 
          The lower contributions from these affiliates also reflect
          currency exchange rate losses.   In 1997, expenses related to the
          Company's 30% ownership interest in DanBioSyst also reduced
          comparisons to 1996.

           
          FINANCIAL POSITION
          --------------------
            The Company believes that its financial position and current
          capitalization indicate an ability to finance substantial future 
          growth.  Cash flow from operations totaled $71.0 million in 1998. 
          Working capital at December 31, 1998, totaled $55.5 million, a
          ratio of current assets to current liabilities of 1.5 to 1, and
          includes a cash balance of $31.3 million.  Debt to total invested
          capital (total debt, minority interests and shareholders' equity)
          was 37.9%; the outstanding debt balance was $141.1 million at
          December 31, 1998, compared with $89 million at year-end 1997.
             
           Available cash and record cash flow from 1998 operations
          combined with cash from stock option exercises and borrowings
          under available credit lines to fund the following:$41.8 million 
          of 1998 capital expenditures, the $34.9 million cash portion of
          the purchase price for two acquisitions, the $60.4 million cost
          of repurchasing two million common shares following a Dutch
          Auction self tender offer,  and $9.4 million of cash dividends to
          shareholders ($.61 per share).

             The Company has two revolving credit facilities which provide
          for borrowings up to $70 million for a term of 364 days,
          renewable at the lender's option, and borrowings up to $55
          million through August 2000. At year-end 1998, the Company had
          $35 million and $2.8 million available under the short-term and
          long-term facilities, respectively. The Company is in
          negotiations with a group of insurance companies for a
          substantial long-term debt facility.  Agreement is expected to be
          reached in the second quarter 1999.

          <PAGE>

          1999 REQUIREMENTS
          ------------------
          Capital Expenditures:  Cash requirements for capital projects in
          1999 are estimated at $50 million.  These projects focus on new
          business opportunities as well as cost reduction and quality
          improvements through technology upgrades and product and process
          standardization.  New device product tooling and equipment and
          facilities to support the development of drug delivery systems
          are planned.  Acquisition and implementation of new information
          management systems to address the year 2000 issue continues , as
          does maintenance and improvements to the existing production
          capacity.

          Year 2000 Costs:  The year 2000 issue relates to computer
          programs which use two digits, rather than four, to specify the
          year. Such programs will recognize a date using "00" as the year
          1900 rather than the year 2000, resulting in potential system
          failure or miscalculations.

          The Company has developed a comprehensive, corporate-wide project
          plan designed to address the year 2000 issue.  The Company's
          project implementation team includes representatives from staff
          functions and each of the Company's locations.  The plan calls
          for the Company to have completed required modifications to
          address the year 2000 issue by June 30, 1999.  The progress of
          these efforts is closely monitored by senior management and
          periodic reports are provided to the Board of Directors.

          The Company plan is based on a risk assessment, which identified 
          and prioritized critical business processes and plant locations, 
          and an inventory of all computer hardware and software and
          computer-controlled manufacturing and facility equipment. Based
          on these results, remediation or replacement plans were
          developed.  The project began in April 1997.

            The Company has made significant progress in remediating or
          replacing critical information systems which support business
          functions.  Due to multiple geographical locations, discrete
          computer systems exist in the U.S., Europe, South America and
          Asia regions.  The U.S. and European-based manufacturing
          (excluding West's contract services operations in Lakewood),
          financial reporting and payroll application systems have been
          completed, and other systems, including West Lakewood's
          manufacturing systems, are at various stages of completion, but
          are on schedule to be completed during the first half of 1999.
          Desktop computer hardware and software inventory and assessment
          are complete and required remedial activity is scheduled to be
          essentially completed by June 30, 1999.

          Remediation or replacement of software-dependent research and
          development, manufacturing process and facility management
          systems and equipment is progressing well at all locations. These
          activities, a combination of testing, replacement and
          certification from equipment and system vendors, are expected to
          be completed by June 30, 1999. 

            The Company has received year 2000 compliance certifications
          from all of its major raw materials suppliers and major service
          providers indicating that delivery of required supplies and

          <PAGE>
          services will continue uninterrupted.  The Company recently
          initiated a program of on-site audits of key suppliers.

            Although management is satisfied with the progress of the plan,
          the Company is in the process of preparing a contingency plan
          which will be further detailed in the coming months. The
          Company's year 2000 project schedule is expected to be
          substantially completed by June 30, 1999.  The Company believes
          adequate time will be available in the last half of 1999 to
          address deficiencies without a material impact on the critical
          business functions.

            Internal and external resources are being used to execute the
          year 2000 plan. The pretax costs incurred to date for this effort
          were approximately $3.7 million and $1.0 million in 1998 and
          1997,respectively.  Purchases and implementation costs for 
          compliant software which also improves functionality is being
          capitalized.  As a result, $3.3 million and $1.0 million have
          been capitalized in 1998 and 1997, respectively.   The Company
          does not separately track the incidental costs and time that its
          own internal employees spend on the year 2000 project.  Such
          costs principally relate to salary, employee benefits and
          facility costs.  The Company expects costs of approximately $5.0
          million will be incurred in 1999 to substantially complete the
          effort, much of which will represent new equipment and computer
          hardware and software, which will be capitalized.

            The cost of the year 2000 project and the date on which the
          Company believes it will substantially complete modifications are
          based on management's best estimates. The estimates are based on
          numerous assumptions of future events, including  the continued
          availability of certain resources and other factors.  Because
          none of these estimates can be guaranteed, actual time and cost
          to complete modifications could differ materially from those
          anticipated.  Specific factors that might cause such differences 
          include, but are not limited to, the reliability and timely
          receipt of vendor certifications, the appropriateness and
          effectiveness of testing and validation methods, the availability
          and cost of trained personnel and the timely availability of
          replacement computer hardware, software and equipment and similar
          uncertainties.

          Foreign exchange exposure:  In accordance with the Company's
          foreign exchange management policy, the adverse consequences
          resulting from foreign currency exposure are mitigated by
          engaging in certain hedging activities.  Foreign exchange forward
          contracts are used to minimize exposure related to foreign
          currency transactions and commitments for raw material purchases. 
          The Company has entered into interest rate swap agreements to
          minimize risk to interest rate increases. The Note "Financial
          Instruments" to the Consolidated Financial Statements explains
          the impact of such hedges and interest rate swaps on the
          Company's results of operations and financial position.

          Remedial activities:  Cash requirements for remedial activity
          related to environmental cleanup are expected to approximate 1998
          expenditures of $.4 million.  The Company has been indemnified by
          other financially responsible parties against future government
          claims relating to groundwater contamination at a Puerto Rico
          site, and  the Company does not anticipate any remedial expenses

          <PAGE>
          with respect to this site.

           In 1999, management believes cash generated from operations and
          option exercises, available credit facilities and the Company's
          current capitalization will provide sufficient flexibility to
          meet future cash flow requirements, pursue its stated strategy
          and implement its recently announced stock repurchase program for
          up to one million shares.


          <PAGE>
          CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
          WEST PHARMACEUTICAL SERVICES, INC.
          AND SUBSIDIARIES FOR THE YEARS
          ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998, 1997 AND 1996
          (in thousands, except per share data)
          <TABLE>
          <CAPTION>                               1998                 1997             1996
          <S>                                <C>       <C>    <C> <C>        <C>     <C>       <C>
                                           --------------------------------------------------------------
          Net sales                          $449,700  100%       $452,500  100%    $458,800  100%
          Cost of goods sold                  314,500   70         320,400   71      332,700   73 
                                           --------------------------------------------------------------
           Gross profit                       135,200   30         132,100   29      126,100   27 
          Selling, general and 
           administrative expenses             70,500   16          70,200   16       72,800   16 
          Restructuring charge                  4,000    1              -    -        21,500    5 
          Acquired research and development    28,200    6              -    -           -    -  
          Other income, net                    (2,500)  (1)         (1,100)  (1)       (900)  (1)
                                           --------------------------------------------------------------
           Operating profit                    35,000    8          63,000   14      32,700    7 
          Interest expense                      7,200    2           5,600    1       6,900    1 
                                           --------------------------------------------------------------
           Income before income taxes and
            minority interests                 27,800    6          57,400   13      25,800    6 
          Provision for income taxes           21,200    5          13,300    3      10,800    2 
          Minority interests                      100    -             200    -         100    - 
                                           --------------------------------------------------------------
           Income from consolidated operations  6,500    1%         43,900   10%     14,900    4%
          Equity in net income of                       ---                  --- 
            affiliated companies                  200                  500            1,500 
                                           --------------------------------------------------------------
           Net income                        $  6,700             $ 44,400         $ 16,400 
                                           --------------------------------------------------------------
          Net income per share: 
           Basic                             $    .41             $   2.69         $   1.00 
           Assuming Dilution                 $    .40             $   2.68         $    .99 
                                           --------------------------------------------------------------
          Average common shares outstanding    16,435               16,475           16,418 
          Average shares assuming dilution     16,504               16,572           16,500 

          The accompanying notes are an integral 
          part of the financial statements.

                                                       9


          </TABLE>
          <PAGE>
     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
     WEST PHARMACEUTICAL SERVICES, INC. AND 
     SUBSIDIARIES FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998, 1997 AND 1996
     (in thousands)
     <TABLE>
     <CAPTION>
     <S>                            <C>            <C>           <C>            <C>           <C>      
                                                 Unrealized
                                    Foreign           gains      Total other                      Total
                                   currency        (losses)    comprehensive        Net   comprehensive
                                      items   on securities           income     income          income
                            ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Cumulative Balance,
      January 1, 1996               $20,100         $   300          $20,400                             
      Comprehensive 
      income 1996                    (3,800)            100           (3,700)     $16,400         $12,700
                            ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Balance, 
      December 31, 1996              16,300             400           16,700 
      Comprehensive 
      income 1997                   (12,900)           (300)         (13,200)     $44,400         $31,200
                            -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Balance,
      December 31, 1997               3,400             100            3,500 
      Comprehensive 
      income 1998                     4,100            (400)           3,700      $ 6,700         $10,400
                            ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Balance, 
      December 31, 1998              $7,500           $(300)          $7,200 
                            ------------------------------------------------
                            ------------------------------------------------
     The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.
     </TABLE>









                                                      10


     <PAGE>
     CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
     WEST PHARMACEUTICAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
     AT DECEMBER 31, 1998 AND 1997

     (in thousands)
     <TABLE>
     <CAPTION>
     <S>                                                                      <C>          <C> 
                                                                             1998          1997
     ASSETS                                                              ----------------------
     Current assets:                                                              
      Cash, including equivalents (1998--$13,700; 1997--$41,700)         $ 31,300      $ 52,300
      Accounts receivable, less allowance (1998--$1,900; 1997--$3,000)     64,400        60,400
      Inventories                                                          43,500        38,300
      Current deferred income tax benefit                                   9,700         9,400
      Other current assets                                                 10,800        10,300
                                                                         ----------------------
     Total current assets                                                 159,700       170,700
                                                                         ----------------------
     Property, plant and equipment                                        472,200       428,600
     Less accumulated depreciation and amortization                       251,900       226,400
                                                                         ----------------------
                                                                          220,300       202,200
     Investments in affiliated companies                                   15,700        22,700
     Goodwill                                                              61,200        51,600
     Deferred charges and other assets                                     48,700        30,700
                                                                         ---------------------
                                                                         $505,600      $477,900
                                                                         ----------------------
     LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY 
     Current liabilities:
      Current portion of long-term debt                                  $    800      $    700
      Notes payable                                                        35,300           900
      Accounts payable                                                     20,800        18,600
      Accrued expenses:                                                           
       Salaries, wages and benefits                                        17,100        13,400
       Income taxes payable                                                 8,500         5,400
       Other                                                               21,700        19,000
                                                                         ----------------------
     Total current liabilities                                            104,200        58,000
                                                                         ----------------------
     Long-term debt, excluding current portion                            105,000        87,400

                                                      11


     Deferred income taxes                                                 39,100        30,100
     Other long-term liabilities                                           26,600        24,300
     Minority interests                                                       600           400
     Shareholders' equity:
      Preferred stock, shares authorized: 3,000;
       shares issued and outstanding: 1998-0; 1997-0
      Common stock, par value $.25 per share; shares authorized: 50,000;
       shares issued: 1998--17,165; 1997--16,845;
       shares outstanding: 1998--15,026; 1997--16,568                       4,300         4,200
      Capital in excess of par value                                       32,900        24,000
      Retained earnings                                                   249,300       252,500
      Accumulated other comprehensive income                                7,200         3,500
                                                                         ----------------------
                                                                          293,700       284,200
     Less treasury stock (1998--2,139 shares; 1997--277 shares)            63,600         6,500
                                                                         ----------------------
     Total shareholders' equity                                           230,100       277,700
                                                                         ----------------------
                                                                         $505,600      $477,900
                                                                         ----------------------
     The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

     </TABLE>











                                                      12


     <PAGE>
     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
     WEST PHARMACEUTICAL SERVICES, INC. AND 
     SUBSIDIARIES FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998, 1997 AND 1996
     (in thousands, except per share data)
     <TABLE>
     <CAPTION>
     <S>                                   <C>   <C>        <C>                <C>      <C>          <C>
                                                Capital in                      Other
                                         Common  excess of   Retained   comprehensive Treasury 
                                          stock  par value   earnings          income    stock     Total
                                         ----------------------------------------------------------------
     Balance, January 1, 1996            $4,200    $23,500   $210,200         $20,400  $(4,200) $254,100 
                                         ----------------------------------------------------------------
     Net income                                                16,400                             16,400  
     Shares issued under stock plans                   400                               3,200     3,600 
     Shares issued for acquisition                     100                                 400       500 
     Shares repurchased                                                                (10,000)  (10,000)
     Cash dividends declared 
      ($.54 per share)                                         (8,900)                            (8,900)
     Changes-other comprehensive income                                        (3,700)            (3,700)
                                         ----------------------------------------------------------------
     Balance, December 31, 1996           4,200     24,000    217,700          16,700  (10,600)  252,000 
                                          ----------------------------------------------------------------

     Net income                                                44,400                             44,400  
     Shares issued under stock plans                                                     4,100     4,100 
     Cash dividends declared ($.58 per share)                  (9,600)                            (9,600)
     Changes-other comprehensive income                                       (13,200)           (13,200)
                                          ----------------------------------------------------------------
     Balance, December 31, 1997           4,200     24,000    252,500           3,500   (6,500)  277,700 
                                          ----------------------------------------------------------------
     Net income                                                 6,700                              6,700 
     Shares issued under stock plans                   300                               3,300     3,600 
     Shares issued for acquisition          100      8,600                                         8,700 
     Shares repurchased                                                                (60,400)  (60,400)
     Cash dividends declared ($.62 per share)                  (9,900)                            (9,900)
     Changes-other comprehensive income                                         3,700              3,700 
                                         ----------------------------------------------------------------
     Balance, December 31, 1998          $4,300    $32,900   $249,300          $7,200 $(63,600) $230,100 
                                         ----------------------------------------------------------------
     The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.
     </TABLE>

                                                      13


     <PAGE>
     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
     WEST PHARMACEUTICAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
     FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998, 1997 AND 1996
     <TABLE>
     <CAPTION>
     (in thousands)                              1998      1997        1996 
                                              -------------------------------
     <S>                                      <C>       <C>         <C>     
     Cash flows from operating activities:
      Net income                               $6,700   $44,400     $16,400 
      Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash 
       from operating activities:
       Depreciation and amortization           32,300    31,900      30,700 
       Acquired research and development       28,200        -           -  
       Restructuring charge                     4,000        -       21,500 
       Loss on sales of real estate and invest    300       700         200 
       Deferred income taxes                    5,900    (7,500)     (5,700)
       Pension and other retirement plans      (6,000)   (4,100)       (600)
       Equity in undistributed earnings of affiliated
        companies, net                           (100)     (100)     (1,100)
       Decrease (increase) in accounts receiva   (700)    1,000      (3,400)
       Decrease (increase) in inventories      (2,400)    2,700      (2,700)
       Decrease (increase) in other current as    800       400        (300)
       (Decrease) increase in other current lia   500    (1,300)      5,900 
       Other operating items                    1,500      (400)      2,500 
                                               -----------------------------
     Net cash provided by operating activities 71,000    67,700      63,400 
                                             -------------------------------
     Cash flows from investing activities:
      Property, plant and equipment acquired  (41,800)  (34,400)    (31,700)
      Proceeds from sales of assets             1,200     1,700       7,200 
      Payments for acquisitions, net of cash  (34,900)        -      (1,600)
      Customer advances, net of repayments      1,700      (300)      1,600 
                                              ------------------------------
     Net cash used in investing activities    (73,800)  (33,000)    (24,500)
                                              ------------------------------
     Cash flows from financing activities:
      Borrowings under revolving 
       credit agreements, net                  65,000       200       1,500 
      Proceeds from other long-te               1,500        -          -   
      Repayment of long-term debt             (19,100)   (1,200)     (9,000)
      Other notes payable, net                    800      (700)     (6,200)

                                                      14

    <PAGE>
      Issuance of common stock, net             2,600     4,000       3,500 
      Dividend payments                        (9,400)   (9,400)     (8,700)
      Purchase of treasury stock              (60,400)        -     (10,000)
                                              -------------------------------
     Net cash used in financing activities    (19,000)   (7,100)    (28,900)
                                              -------------------------------
     Effect of exchange rates on cash             800    (2,600)       (100)
                                             -------------------------------
     Net (decrease) increase in cash and
                    cash equivalents          (21,000)   25,000       9,900 
     Cash and cash equivalents at
             beginning of year                 52,300    27,300      17,400 
                                             -------------------------------
     Cash and cash equivalents at end of year $31,300   $52,300     $27,300 
                                             -------------------------------
     Supplemental cash flow information:
     Interest paid, net of amounts capitalized$ 5,100   $ 5,700     $ 6,200 
      Income taxes paid                       $14,700   $20,000     $14,300 
                                              ------------------------------
       
     The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

   </TABLE>




                                                      15



          NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
          (in thousands, except share and per share data)
          Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
          ------------------------------------------
          Basis of Presentation: The financial statements are prepared in
          conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the
          United States. These principles require management to make
          estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of
          assets and liabilities and revenue and expenses and the
          disclosure of contingencies in the financial statements. Actual
          amounts realized may differ from these estimates.

          Principles of Consolidation: The consolidated financial
          statements include the accounts of the Company and all majority-
          owned subsidiaries. Material intercompany transactions and
          accounts are eliminated in consolidation. Investments in
          affiliated companies in which ownership exceeds 20% are accounted
          for on the equity method.

          Statement of Cash Flows: Cash flows from operating activities are
          reported under the indirect method; cash equivalents include time
          deposits, certificates of deposit and all highly liquid debt
          instruments with original maturities of three months or less.

          Inventories: Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or
          market. The cost of inventories located in the United States is
          determined on the last-in, first-out (LIFO) method, except for
          the cost of inventories of West Pharmaceutical Services Lakewood,
          Inc. (West Lakewood), a wholly owned subsidiary, which is
          determined on the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method. The cost of
          inventories located outside the United States is determined
          principally on the average cost method.

          Foreign Currency Translation: Foreign currency transaction gains
          and losses and translation gains and losses of subsidiaries
          operating in high-inflation economies are recognized in the
          determination of net income. Foreign currency translation
          adjustments of other subsidiaries and affiliates operating
          outside the United States are accumulated in other comprehensive
          income, a separate component of shareholders' equity.

          Financial Instruments: The Company uses interest rate swaps and
          forward exchange contracts to minimize the economic exposure
          related to fluctuating interest and foreign exchange rates.
          Amounts to be paid or received under interest rate swaps are
          accrued as interest expense, and presented in the financial
          statements on a net basis. Gains and losses on hedges of existing
          assets and liabilities are recognized monthly and offset gains
          and losses on the underlying transaction. Gains and losses
          related to firm commitments, primarily raw material purchases
          including local needs in foreign subsidiaries, are deferred and
          recognized as part of the underlying transaction.

          In 1998, Financial Accounting Standards No. 133, "Accounting for
          Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities", was issued.  This
          standard, which will be adopted by the Company in the year 2000,
          requires derivatives to be recorded on the balance sheet as

                                          16


          assets or liabilities, measured at fair value.  Gains or losses
          resulting from changes in the value of those derivatives would be
          accounted for depending on the use of the derivative and whether
          it qualifies for hedge accounting.  The impact of adopting this
          standard cannot be determined at this time.

          Marketable Securities:  Investments in debt and marketable
          securities are classified under one of three categories: held-to-
          maturity, available-for-sale and trading, based on management's
          intentions.  Investments in marketable securities are stated at
          fair market value.  Unrealized gains and losses on trading
          securities are included in income. Unrealized gains and losses on
          securities available-for-sale are accumulated in other
          comprehensive income, a separate component of shareholders'
          equity.  Cost of marketable securities is determined on the
          moving average method.

          Revenue Recognition:  Sales are recorded at the time title
          passes, which generally occurs when the goods are shipped. 
          Revenue associated with drug delivery systems development is
          recognized when earned in accordance with the terms of the
          customer agreement.

          Property, Plant And Equipment: Property, plant and equipment are
          carried at cost. Maintenance and minor repairs and renewals are
          charged to expense as incurred. Upon sale or retirement of
          depreciable assets, costs and related depreciation are
          eliminated, and gains or losses are recognized in the
          determination of net income.  The Company continually evaluates
          the appropriateness of the remaining estimated useful life and
          the carrying value of its operating assets, goodwill and other
          intangible assets. Carrying values in excess of undiscounted
          estimates of related cash flows are expensed when such
          determination is made.

          Depreciation And Amortization: For financial reporting purposes,
          depreciation is computed principally on the straight-line method
          over the estimated useful lives of the assets, or the remaining
          term of the lease, if shorter. For income tax purposes,
          depreciation is computed using accelerated methods. Goodwill is
          being amortized on the straight-line method over periods ranging
          from 13 to 40 years. 

          Research and Development: Research, development and engineering
          expenditures for the creation and application of new or improved
          products and processes, and drug delivery systems, the total of
          which amounted to $14,500 in 1998, $12,000 in 1997 and $11,200 in
          1996, are expensed as incurred, net of customer reimbursements.

          Environmental Remediation and Compliance Costs: Environmental
          remediation costs are accrued when such costs are probable and
          reasonable estimates are determinable. Cost estimates are not
          discounted and include investigation, cleanup and monitoring
          activities; such estimates are adjusted, if necessary, based on
          additional findings. In general, environmental compliance costs
          are expensed. Environmental compliance costs at current operating
          sites are capitalized if they increase the value of the property
          and/or prevent environmental hazards from occurring. 

                                          17


          Income Taxes: Deferred income taxes are recognized by applying
          enacted statutory tax rates, applicable to future years, to
          temporary differences between the tax bases and financial
          statement carrying values of the Company's assets and
          liabilities. Valuation allowances are recorded to reduce deferred
          tax assets to amounts that are more likely than not to be
          realized. United States income taxes and withholding taxes are
          accrued on the portion of earnings of international subsidiaries
          and affiliates (which qualify as joint ventures) intended to be
          remitted to the parent company. 

          Stock-Based Compensation: The Company accounts for stock-based
          compensation using the intrinsic value method prescribed in
          Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock
          Issued to Employees," and related interpretations. Accordingly,
          compensation cost for stock options is measured as the excess, if
          any, of the quoted market price of the Company s stock at the
          date of the grant over the amount an employee must pay to acquire
          the stock.

          Net Income Per Share: Basic net income per share is computed by
          dividing net income by the weighted-average number of shares of
          common stock outstanding during each period. Net income per
          share, assuming dilution, considers the potential issuance of
          common shares under the Company s stock option and award plans,
          based on the treasury stock method. The treasury stock method
          assumes use of exercise proceeds to repurchase common stock at
          the average fair market value in the period.

          Other Income (Expense)
          ----------------------
          <TABLE>
          <CAPTION>
          <S>                                  <C>        <C>         <C> 

                                                 1998      1997      1996 
                                             -----------------------------
          Interest income                     $ 2,700   $ 2,000    $1,300 
          Foreign exchange gains (losses)         200         -      (100)
          Loss on sales of real estate
            and investments                      (300)     (700)     (200)
          Other                                  (100)     (200)     (100)
                                             -----------------------------
                                              $ 2,500   $ 1,100    $  900 
                                             -----------------------------
          </TABLE>

          Restructuring Charges
          ---------------------
          On September 8, 1998, the Company recorded a pre-tax charge of
          $4,000. The charge is related to employee reductions associated
          with identified manufacturing and other operating efficiencies.
          The charge includes severance and benefits for 90 employees
          including manufacturing and staff positions and other related
          charges. At December 31, 1998, the total payout of severance and
          benefits to date associated with this charge was $1,700.

          On March 29, 1996, the Company approved a major restructuring

                                          18


          plan that included the closing or substantial downsizing of six
          manufacturing facilities, disposition of related excess equipment
          and properties and an approximate 5% reduction of the workforce.
          The total estimated charge related to these actions was $15,000,
          net of $6,500 of income tax benefits, which was accrued in the
          first quarter of 1996. Approximately one-third of the net charge
          related to reduction in personnel, including manufacturing and
          staff positions, and covered severance pay and other benefits to
          be provided to terminated employees. At December 31, 1998, all
          employees affected by the plan have been terminated and total
          payout of severance and benefits to date is $6,900; the remaining
          liability for these costs is $400.   The remaining net charge
          covered facility closing costs and the reduction of the carrying
          value of equipment and facilities made excess by the
          restructuring plan to net realizable value. Facilities in Puerto
          Rico, Colorado, Germany and Argentina were closed; three of four
          buildings idled have been sold to date. Facilities in Brazil and
          Pennsylvania were downsized and the machinery manufacturing
          operations were sold. 

          Restructuring activities, except for the sale of one building and
          certain excess equipment and payout of remaining benefit costs
          for terminated employees, have been completed.

          Acquisitions and Investments
          -----------------------------
          On July 1, 1998 the Company acquired Betraine Limited for BPS
          7,200 ($11,800 at July 1, 1998).  Betraine manufactures precision
          injection molded plastic components for the healthcare and
          consumer products industries. The acquisition was accounted for
          as a purchase and Betraine operating results were consolidated
          beginning July 1, 1998. The acquisition was financed with
          existing cash. The excess of the purchase price over the net
          assets acquired will be amortized on a straight line basis over
          20 years.

          On March 31, 1998, the Company acquired for BPS 20,000 ($33,500
          at March 31, 1998) the remaining 70% interest in DanBioSyst UK
          Ltd. (DBS), making DBS a wholly-owned subsidiary. DBS is engaged
          in drug delivery system research and development.  This
          transaction was accounted for by the purchase method and was
          financed with cash of $9,400, 320,406 shares of restricted common
          stock valued at $8,700, and short-term notes of $15,400. 
          Operating results of DBS were consolidated beginning on April 1,
          1998. The allocation of the purchase price, determined by an
          independent appraiser using the income approach, follows:

          <TABLE>
          <CAPTION>
          <S>                                                      <C>    
          Current assets                                           $ 1,300
          Equipment and leasehold improvements                         800
          In-process research and development                       28,200
          Patents                                                    2,800
          Other intangibles                                            400


          In-process research and development was written off at the date

                                          19


          of acquisition.  This value relates to various drug delivery
          platforms which DBS has in different stages of the development
          process.  The appraisal was based on licensing of such delivery
          systems with significant revenues generated beginning in 2003.  A
          discount rate of 32% was used. 

          The initial 30% interest in DBS was acquired in 10% increments,
          the last of these purchases occurring in 1996.  The cost of the
          1996 acquisition was $2,100, paid $1,600 in cash and $500 in the
          Company's common stock.

          Income Taxes
          ------------
          Income before income taxes and minority interests was derived as
          follows:
          
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
          <CAPTION>
          <S>                                   <C>        <C>      <C>   
                                                 1998       1997      1996
                                               ---------------------------
          Domestic operations                 $ 8,600    $39,500   $11,500
          International operations             19,200     17,900    14,300
                                               ---------------------------
                                              $27,800    $57,400   $25,800
                                               ---------------------------
          </TABLE>
          The related provision for income taxes consists of:
          <TABLE>
          <CAPTION>
          <S>                                     <C>       <C>      <C>  
                                                  1998      1997     1996 
                                               ---------------------------
          Currently payable:
           Federal                             $ 8,800   $16,000  $ 8,000 
           State                                   900       600      700 
           International                         5,600     4,200    7,800 
                                               ---------------------------
                                                15,300    20,800   16,500 
                                               ---------------------------
          Deferred:
           Federal                               4,200     1,800   (3,600)
           State                                    -          -     (200)
           International                         1,700    (9,300)  (1,900)
                                               ---------------------------
                                                 5,900    (7,500)  (5,700)
                                               ---------------------------
                                               $21,200   $13,300  $10,800 
                                               ---------------------------
          </TABLE>
          A reconciliation of the United States statutory corporate tax
          rate to the Company's effective consolidated tax rate on income
          before income taxes and minority interests is as follows:
          <TABLE>
          <CAPTION>
          <S>                                     <C>      <C>      <C>   
                                                  1998     1997     1996  
                                                --------------------------
          Statutory corporate tax rate            35.0%    35.0%    35.0% 

                                          20


          Tax on international operations
           in excess of   
            United States tax rate                 1.2      4.7      2.4  
          German tax reorganization benefit         -     (21.7)      -   
          Acquired in-process
           research and development               35.5        -       -   
          United States tax on repatriated 
           international earnings                   .8      4.3      1.0  
          State income taxes, net of Federal   
           tax benefit                             2.3       .7      1.8  
          Other                                    1.3       .2      1.6  
                                               --------------------------
          Effective tax rate                      76.1%    23.2%    41.8% 
                                               --------------------------
          </TABLE>

          In the third quarter of 1997, the Company completed a tax
          reorganization of certain German subsidiaries.  The benefit of
          this reorganization was reduced in 1997's fourth quarter due to a
          tax law change and completion of a tax audit. 

          The net current and noncurrent components of deferred income
          taxes recognized in the balance sheet at December 31 are as
          follows:
          <TABLE>
          <CAPTION>                                <C>            <C>     
                                                  1998               1997 
                                           ------------------------------
          Net current assets                   $ 7,800            $ 9,000 
          Net noncurrent liabilities           $27,900            $19,500 
                                           ------------------------------
          </TABLE>

          The following is a summary of the significant components of the
          Company's deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31: 
          <TABLE>
          <CAPTION>
          <S>                                     <C>                <C>  
                                                  1998               1997 
                                          -------------------------------
          Deferred tax assets:
           Loss on asset dispositions                                      
           and plant closings                  $ 2,400            $ 2,500 
           Severance and deferred
            compensation                         9,900              9,200 
           German tax reorganization             7,800              8,300 
           Net operating loss carryovers         1,100              2,300 
           Foreign tax credit carryovers           800                900 
           Restructuring charge                  1,400              1,200 
           Other                                 4,500              4,000 
           Valuation allowance                  (1,700)            (2,500)
                                          -------------------------------
              Total                            $26,200            $25,900 
                                          -------------------------------

                                       21
                                                  1998               1997 
                                          -------------------------------
          Deferred tax liabilities:
           Accelerated depreciation            $32,200            $26,900 
           Severance and deferred compensation   7,600              4,300 
           Other                                 6,500              5,200 
                                          -------------------------------
               Total                           $46,300            $36,400 
                                          -------------------------------
          </TABLE>

          At December 31, 1998, subsidiaries' had operating tax loss
          carryovers of $20,000, which will be available to apply against
          the future taxable income of such subsidiaries. The carryover
          periods expire beginning with $1,500 in 1999 and continue through
          2001. 

          In 1997, the Company repatriated $12,000 of undistributed
          earnings of international subsidiaries and $2,400 of tax was
          recorded. At December 31, 1998, undistributed earnings of
          international subsidiaries, on which deferred income taxes have
          not been provided, amounted to $73,800. It is the Company s
          intention to reinvest these undistributed earnings of foreign
          subsidiaries, and it is not practicable to determine the amount
          of income or withholding tax that would be payable upon the
          remittance of those earnings. Such earnings would become taxable
          upon the sale or liquidation of foreign subsidiaries or upon the
          remittance of dividends. Tax credits that would become available
          upon distribution of such earnings could reduce income taxes then
          payable at the United States statutory rate. As of December 31,
          1998, the Company had available foreign tax credit carryovers of
          approximately $800 expiring in 1999 through 2003. 

          Net Income Per Share
          --------------------
               The following table reconciles shares used in basic income
          per share to the shares used in income per share assuming
          dilution.  There is no adjustment to the net income of the
          Company in the calculation of net income per share assuming
          dilution.

          <TABLE>
          <CAPTION>
           <S>                                    <C>       <C>      <C>  
                                                   1998      1997     1996
                                                 ------    ------   ------
          Net Income                            $ 6,700   $44,400  $16,400
          ----------------------------------------------------------------
          Basic average common 
           shares outstanding                    16,435    16,475   16,418
          Assumed stock options exercised
           and awards vested                         69        97       82
          -----------------------------------------------------------------
          Average common shares
           assuming dilution                     16,504    16,572   16,500
          </TABLE>

          Comprehensive Income
          --------------------
          In 1998, the Company adopted Financial Accounting Standards No.

                                          22


          130, "Reporting Comprehensive Income," requiring the reporting
          and display of comprehensive income.  Comprehensive income
          consists of reported net income and other comprehensive income
          which reflects revenue, expenses and gains and losses which
          generally accepted accounting principles exclude from net income. 
          For the Company the items excluded from current net income are
          unrealized gains or losses on available-for-sale securities and
          cumulative foreign currency adjustments.  Comprehensive income
          and the cumulative balance of each item of other comprehensive
          income is displayed in the accompanying Consolidated Statements
          of Comprehensive Income.   

          Inventories
          -----------
          <TABLE>
          <CAPTION>
          <S>                                     <C>                 <C> 
                                                  1998                1997
                                               ---------------------------
          Finished goods                       $15,700             $15,800
          Work in process                       13,700               8,100
          Raw materials                         14,100              14,400
                                               ---------------------------
                                               $43,500             $38,300
                                               ---------------------------
          </TABLE>

          Included above are inventories located in the United States that
          are valued on the LIFO basis, amounting to $10,200 and $12,600 at
          December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively, which are approximately
          $7,200 and $7,600, respectively, lower than replacement value. 

          Property, Plant and Equipment
          ------------------------------
          A summary of property, plant and equipment at December 31 is
          presented in the following table:
          <TABLE>
          <CAPTION>

          <S>                          <C>         <C>         <C>  
                                      Years of          
                                      expected
                                        useful
                                          life     1998        1997 
                           ----------------------------------------
          Land                                 $  3,400    $  3,500 
          Buildings and improvements      7-50  104,200      97,000 
          Machinery and equipment         3-20  291,100     261,800 
          Molds and dies                   4-7   55,600      52,600 
          Construction in progress               17,900      13,700 
                           ----------------------------------------
                                               $472,200    $428,600 
                           ----------------------------------------
          </TABLE>

          Affiliated Companies
          --------------------
          At December 31, 1998, the following affiliated companies were

                                          23


          accounted for under the equity method:

          <TABLE>
          <CAPTION>
          <S>                              <C>             <C>    <C>     
                                                          Fiscal
                                                            year Ownership
                                         Location            end  interest
                                    --------------------------------------
          The West Company de Mexico S.A.  Mexico        Dec. 31       49%
          Aluplast S.A. de C.V.            Mexico        Dec. 31       49%
          Pharma-Tap S.A. de C.V.          Mexico        Dec. 31       49%
          Daikyo Seiko, Ltd.               Japan         Oct. 31       25%
                                    --------------------------------------
          </TABLE>
          A summary of the financial information for these companies is
          presented below:

          <TABLE>
          <CAPTION>
          <S>                                         <C>            <C>  
                                                      1998            1997 
                                                  ------------------------
          Balance Sheets:
          Current assets                          $ 83,400        $ 78,500 
          Noncurrent assets                         99,600          91,700 
                                                  ------------------------
            Total assets                          $183,000        $170,200 
                                                  ------------------------
          Current liabilities                     $ 45,000        $ 46,500 
          Noncurrent liabilities                    79,800          66,500 
          Owners' equity                            58,200          57,200 
                                                  ------------------------
            Total liabilities and owners' equity  $183,000        $170,200 
                                                  ------------------------


                                                1998       1997       1996
                                               ---------------------------
          Income Statements:
          Net sales                           $69,500    $77,200   $80,800
          Gross profit                         14,500     18,700    25,500
          Net income                            1,000      2,900     5,900
                                              ----------------------------

          </TABLE>

          Unremitted income of affiliated companies included in
          consolidated retained earnings amounted to $11,100, $11,100 and
          $11,000 at December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.
          Dividends received from affiliated companies were $200 in 1998,
          $400 in 1997 and $400 in 1996. 

          The Company's equity in unrealized gains and losses of Daikyo
          Seiko, Ltd.'s investment in securities available for sale
          included in other comprehensive income, a separate component of
          shareholders' equity, was $(300), $100 and $400 at December 31,
          1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.  The 1998 loss is net of

                                          24


          income tax benefit of $300.

          Debt
          ----
          Short-Term: Notes payable in the amounts of $35,300 and $900 at
          December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively, are payable within one
          year and bear interest at a weighted-average interest rate of   
          6% and 4%, respectively.  At December 31, 1998, short-term debt
          of $2,800 (under a revolving credit line) was classified as long-
          term because of the Company's intent to renew the borrowings
          using an available long-term credit facility.
          <TABLE>
          <CAPTION>

          <S>                                           <C>           <C> 
          Long-term:
          At December 31,                                   1998      1997
                                                       -------------------
          Unsecured: 
          Revolving credit facility,
           due 2000 (5.51%)                              $55,000   $22,100
          Tax-exempt industrial revenue bonds, 
           due 2005  (4.2% to 5.95%) (a)                  11,100    11,100
          Subordinated debentures, due 2007 (6.5%)         3,300     3,200
          Other notes, due 1999 to 2006 (3.5% to 8.17%)   29,800    42,400
          Collateralized:
          Mortgage notes, due 1999 to 2016 (6.8% to
           6.94%) (b)                                      6,600     9,300
                                                       -------------------
          Total long-term debt                           105,800    88,100
          Less current portion                               800       700
                                                       -------------------
                                                       $ 105,000  $ 87,400
                                                       -------------------
          </TABLE>

          (a) The proceeds of industrial revenue bonds that were not
          required for the respective construction projects have been
          invested by the Company. Use of these excess funds and earnings
          thereon is restricted to servicing the debt.  The aggregate of
          unexpended proceeds and earnings thereon of $1,400 is reflected
          as a reduction of the principal outstanding on the bonds.
          (b) Real estate, machinery and equipment with a carrying value of
          $12,100 at December 31, 1998, are pledged as collateral. 

          The Company's revolving credit agreement provides for borrowings
          up to $70,000 and $55,000 with a term of 364 days and five years
          through August 2000, respectively, renewable at the lenders'
          option.  Interest is charged at a floating rate based on LIBOR,
          and a commitment fee ranging up to 3/20% per annum is payable on
          the facility. 

          At December 31, 1998, $4,300 at par value of West Lakewood's
          subordinated debentures were outstanding. The subordinated
          debentures are reflected in the balance sheet net of discount,
          which is being amortized through the maturity date of the
          subordinated debentures, March 1, 2007. The unamortized discount
          totaled $1,000 and $1,100 at December 31, 1998 and 1997,

                                          25


          respectively. The holders have the right to convert such
          subordinated debentures into cash for an amount approximating 50%
          of the par value of the subordinated debentures converted.
          Interest is payable semiannually. 

          Long-term debt maturing in the years following 1999 is: $67,300
          in 2000, $800 in 2001, $3,200 in 2002 and $12,400 in 2003.

          Certain of the financing agreements, among other things, require
          the maintenance of certain working capital, interest coverage and
          debt-to-capitalization ratios and tangible net worth; restrict
          the sale of assets; and limit the payment of dividends.  

          Interest costs incurred during 1998, 1997 and 1996 were $7,500,
          $6,000 and $7,300, respectively, of which $300, $400 and $400,
          respectively, were capitalized as part of the cost of acquiring
          certain assets.

          At December 31, 1998, the Company has three interest rate swap
          contracts outstanding, with notional value of $3,000 each, to fix
          the interest rates at 6.51%, 6.54% and 6.775% through August
          2001. Under the terms of these agreements, the Company makes
          periodic interest payments based on these fixed rates of interest
          on the notional principal amounts to a counterparty that makes
          payments based on a market interest rate.  The net interest
          expense recognized in connection with these agreements was less
          than $100 in the past three years. 

          Financial Instruments
          ---------------------
          The following disclosure reflects the estimated fair value of
          financial instruments of the Company as of December 31.

          <TABLE>
          <CAPTION>
                                      Carrying value  Estimated fair value
                                    --------------------------------------
          <S>                        <C>          <C>      <C>       <C>  
                                         1998      1997     1998      1997 
                                     -------------------------------------
          Cash and cash equivalents   $31,300   $52,300  $31,300   $52,300 
          Short-and long-term debt    141,100    89,000  135,000    88,400 
          Interest rate swaps(a)           -         -        -       -    
          Forward exchange contracts(a)              -                -    
                                     -------------------------------------
          </TABLE>
          (a) The estimated fair value of the interest rate swaps was less
          than $100 at December 31, 1998 and 1997. The estimated fair value
          of forward exchange contracts was less than $100 at December 31,
          1997.  There were no forward exchange contracts in effect at
          December 31, 1998.        

          Methods used to estimate the fair market values of the above
          listed financial instruments are as follows: cash and cash
          equivalents due to their short maturity are estimated at carrying
          values that approximate market; debt is estimated based on
          current market quotes for instruments of similar maturity;
          interest rate swaps (see preceding Note" Debt") and forward

                                          26


          exchange contracts are valued at published market prices, market
          prices of comparable instruments or quotes. 

          Notional amounts upon which current interest rate swap contracts
          are based do not represent amounts exchanged and are not a
          measure of the Company s exposure. Failure by the contract
          counterparty to make interest payments under an interest swap
          contract would result in an accounting loss to the Company only
          if interest rates exceeded the fixed rate to be paid by the
          Company. The accounting loss corresponds to the cost to replace
          the swap contract. 

          Benefit Plans
          -------------
          The Company and certain domestic and international subsidiaries
          sponsor defined benefit pension plans.  In addition, the Company
          provides minimal life insurance benefits for certain United
          States retirees and pays a portion of healthcare (medical and
          dental) costs for retired United States salaried employees and
          their dependents.  Benefits for participants are coordinated with
          medicare and the plan mandates medicare risk (HMO) coverage
          wherever possible and caps the total contribution for non-HMO
          coverage.

          Total (income) expense for 1998, 1997 and 1996 of these plans
          includes the following: 
          <TABLE>
          <CAPTION>
                              Pension benefits    Other retirement benefits
          <S>              <C>       <C>      <C>    <C>      <C>     <C>  
                           1998      1997     1996    1998    1997     1996
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Service cost       $ 3,600   $ 3,600  $ 3,900    $500     $400   $500 
     Interest cost        8,500     8,000    7,700     500      500    600 
     Expected return
       on assets        (15,400)  (13,400) (11,300)      -        -      - 
     Amortization of 
       unrecognized
       transition asset    (800)     (800)    (800)      -        -      - 
     Amortization of
      prior service cost    400       200      100  (1,500)  (1,400)(1,200)
     Recognized actuarial
       gains             (1,800)   (1,200)    (100)      -        -      - 
                       ---------------------------   ----------------------
     Pension (income)   $(5,500)  $(3,600)   $(500)  $(500)   $(500) $(100)
                       ---------------------------   ----------------------
     </TABLE>
     The following tables provide a reconciliation of the benefit obligation,
     plan assets and funded status of the plans:
     <TABLE>
     <CAPTION>
                            Pension benefits     Other retirement benefits
                        ---------------------     -------------------------
     <S>                        <C>       <C>          <C>        <C>   
     Change in                  1998      1997         1998       1997  
      benefit 
      obligation:       ----------------------      ----------------------
     Benefit obligation,

                                          27

      January 1            $(120,400) $(108,800)    $(7,400)    $(6,600)
     Service cost             (3,600)    (3,600)       (500)       (400)
     Interest cost            (8,500)    (8,000)       (500)       (500)
     Plan participants'
      contributions              200        200         100         100 
     Actuarial gain           (5,500)    (6,200)       (400)       (300)
     Benefits/ 
      expenses paid            6,200      5,400         300         300 
     Foreign exchange
      impact                    (300)       600           -           - 
                           ---------------------  ----------------------
     Benefit obligation, 
      December 31          $(131,900) $(120,400)    $(8,400)    $(7,400)
                           ---------------------  ----------------------
     Change in plan assets:
     Fair value of plan
      assets, January 1     $165,900   $144,200      $    -      $    - 
     Actual return on
      plan assets             28,600     26,500           -           - 
     Employer contribution       900        600         200         200 
     Plan participants'
      contributions              200        200         100         100 
     Benefits/expenses
      paid                    (6,200)    (5,400)       (300)       (300)
     Foreign exchange
      impact                       -       (200)          -           - 
                           ---------------------  ----------------------
     Fair value of plan 
      assets, December 31   $189,400   $165,900     $     -     $     - 
                           ---------------------  ----------------------
     Assets in excess
      (less than)
      benefits:              $57,500    $45,500     $(8,400)    $(7,400)
     Unrecognized net
      actuarial gain         (47,800)   (38,100)      1,100         900 
     Unrecognized 
      transition asset        (3,300)    (4,100)          -           - 
     Unrecognized prior
      service cost             3,300        200      (6,000)     (7,500)
                             --------   --------    --------    --------
     December 31:
      Prepaid benefit
      cost                   $16,700     $9,900           -           - 
      Accrued liability      $(7,000)   $(6,400)   $(13,300)   $(14,000)
                             --------   --------    --------    --------
     </TABLE>

          The aggregate projected benefit obligation and aggregate fair
          value of plan assets for pension plans with obligation in excess
          of plan assets were $8,500 and $600, respectively, as of December
          31, 1998, and $12,900 and $4,700, respectively, at December 31,
          1997.
                                    28


          <TABLE>
          <CAPTION>
          <S>                        <C>         <C>       <C>      <C>  
                                                       Other retirement
                                   Pension benefits            benefits
                                     1998       1997      1998      1997 
                          ---------------------------------------------
          Weighted average assumptions
           as of December 31:
          Discount rate               6.7%       7.0%     6.75%      7.0%
          Rate of compensation
           increase                   5.5%       5.9%        -         - 
          Long-term
           rate of return on assets   9.3%       9.2%        -         - 
          </TABLE>

          The assumed healthcare cost trend used is 8.5% in 1999,
          decreasing to 5.5% by 2006. Increasing or decreasing the assumed
          trend rate for healthcare costs by one percentage point would
          result in a $500 increase and decrease, respectively, in the
          accumulated postretirement benefit obligation.  The related
          change in the aggregate service and interest cost components of
          the 1998 plan expense is a $100 increase and decrease,
          respectively.

          The Company provides certain post-employment benefits for
          terminated and disabled employees, including severance pay,
          disability-related benefits and healthcare benefits. These costs
          are accrued over the employee s active service period under
          certain circumstances or at the date of the event triggering the
          benefit.

          The Company also sponsors a defined contribution savings plan for
          certain salaried and hourly United States employees. Company
          contributions are equal to 50% of each participant s contribution
          up to 6% of the participant s base compensation. Total expense of
          $1,200, $900 and $900 was incurred for Company contributions in
          1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.

          Capital Stock
          -------------
          Purchases (sales) of common stock held in treasury during the
          three years ended December 31, 1998, are as follows: 
          <TABLE>
          <CAPTION>
          <S>                         <C>           <C>           <C> 
                                      1998         1997          1996 
                                -------------------------------------
          Shares held, January 1   277,200      462,200       224,000 
          Purchases, net at
           fair market value     2,026,300       40,200       507,200 
          Shares issued for
           acquisition                   -            -       (19,600)
          Stock option
           exercises              (164,000)    (225,200)     (249,400)
                                -------------------------------------
          Shares held,
           December 31           2,139,500      277,200       462,200 
                                -------------------------------------
          </TABLE>

          In October 1998, the Company purchased 2,000,000 shares of its
          common stock in a Dutch Auction self-tender at a price of $30.00

                                          29


          per share.

          In 1996, the Company purchased, in accordance with an agreement
          approved by a majority of non-interested members of the Board of
          Directors, 440,000 shares of its common stock owned by a director
          who retired from the Board of Directors. The aggregate purchase
          price was $10,000. 

          The Company's Shareholders Rights Plan entitles a shareholder to
          purchase 1/1000 of a share of a newly designated series of the
          Company s preferred stock at a price of $75.00 with each Right. A
          Right becomes exercisable if a person or group (acquiror)
          acquires 15% or more of the common stock or commences a tender
          offer that would result in the acquiror owning 18% or more of the
          common stock. After the Rights become exercisable, and in the
          event the Company is involved in a merger or other business
          combination, sale of 50% or more of its assets or earning power,
          or if an acquiror purchases 18% or more of the common stock or
          engages in self-dealing transactions, a Right will entitle its
          holder to purchase common stock of the surviving company having a
          market value twice the exercise price of the Right. The Rights
          may be redeemed by the Company at $.001 per Right at any time
          before certain events occur. Two Rights are attached to each
          share of common stock, and such Rights will not trade separately
          unless they become exercisable. All Rights expire on January 15,
          2000.

          In 1992, the Company made an offering under an employee stock
          purchase plan, which provides for the sale of the Company s
          common stock to substantially all employees at 85% of fair market
          value.  The offer has been extended to December 31, 1999.  An
          employee's purchases are limited annually to 10% of base
          compensation.  Shares are purchased in the open market, or
          treasury shares are used.

          Stock Option and Award Plans
          ----------------------------
          The Company has two long-term incentive plans for officers and
          key management employees of the Company and its subsidiaries. 
          Options may no longer be granted under one of the plans.  The
          plans provide for the grant of stock options, stock appreciation
          rights, restricted stock awards and performance awards. At
          December 31, 1998, 1,364,700 shares of common stock are available
          for future grants.  A committee of the Board of Directors
          determines the terms and conditions of grants, except that the
          exercise price of certain options cannot be less than 100% of the
          fair market value of the stock on the date of grant.  All stock
          options and stock appreciation rights are exercisable at the date
          indicated in connection with their issuance, but not later than
          10 years after the date of grant.  Option activity is summarized
          in the following table.


                                      30
          <TABLE>
          <CAPTION>

          <S>                            <C>            <C>          <C>  
                                         1998           1997         1996 
          ----------------------------------------------------------------
          Options outstanding,
           January 1                1,285,200        750,400      854,600 
          Granted                     132,500        748,500      209,800 
          Exercised                  (144,100)      (213,700)    (249,400)
          Forfeited                   (53,000)            -       (64,600)
          -----------------------------------------------------------------
          Options outstanding,
           December 31              1,220,600      1,285,200      750,400 
          Options exercisable,
           December 31                594,200        640,200      630,400 
          -----------------------------------------------------------------

          Weighted-Average 
           Exercise Price                 1998           1997         1996
          -----------------------------------------------------------------
          Options outstanding, 
           January 1                    $27.23         $23.42       $22.60
          Granted                        30.46          28.82        22.45
          Exercised                      22.32          21.45        20.00
          Forfeited                      28.84             -         22.73
          -----------------------------------------------------------------
          Options outstanding,
           December 31                   28.08          27.23        23.42
          Options exercisable, 
           December 31                   27.67          27.04        22.13
          -----------------------------------------------------------------
          The range of exercise prices at December 31, 1998, is $15.13 to
          $30.63 per share.  
          </TABLE>

          Under the Company's management incentive plan, participants are
          paid cash bonuses on the attainment of certain financial goals.  
          Bonus participants are required to use 25% of their cash bonus,
          after certain adjustments for taxes payable, to purchase common
          stock of the Company at current fair market value.  Bonus
          participants are given a restricted stock award equal to one
          share for each four shares of common stock purchased with bonus
          awards.  These stock awards vest at the end of four years
          provided that the participant has not made a disqualifying
          disposition of the stock purchased.  Restricted stock awards were
          granted for 3,800 shares in 1998 and 2,900 shares in 1997, and in
          1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively, 300 shares, 300 shares and
          1700 shares were forfeited.  Compensation expense is being
          recognized over the vesting period based on the fair market value
          of common stock on the award date: $31.47 per share in 1998 and
          $27.57 per share in 1997.

          A nonqualified stock option plan for non-employee directors
          provides for an annual grant to each eligible director of options
          covering 1,500 shares at an option price equal to 100% of the
          fair market value of the Company's common stock on the date of
          grant.  At December 31, 1998, 102,500 shares are available for
          future grants.  Option activity under this plan during the three
          years ended December 31, 1998, is summarized below:



                                          31


          <TABLE>
          <CAPTION>
          <S>                              <C>          <C>        <C>  
                                           1998         1997       1996 
          -----------------------------------------------------------------
          Options outstanding, 
           January 1                     63,500       61,500     48,000 
          Granted                        15,000       13,500     13,500 
          Exercised                     (12,000)     (11,500)        -  
          -----------------------------------------------------------------
          Options outstanding,           66,500       63,500     61,500 
           December 31
          Options exercisable,
           December 31                    51,500      63,500     61,500 
          -----------------------------------------------------------------
          Weighted-Average 
           Exercise Price                   1998        1997       1996 
          -----------------------------------------------------------------
          Options outstanding, 
           January 1                      $25.49      $24.18     $24.60 
          Granted                          30.72       28.13      22.69 
          Exercised                        23.81       22.28         -  
          -----------------------------------------------------------------
          Options outstanding, 
           December 31                     26.97       25.49      24.18 
          Options exercisable,
           December 31                     25.88       25.49      24.18 
          -----------------------------------------------------------------
          </TABLE> 

          The range of exercise prices at December 31, 1998, is $22.69 to
          $30.72 per share.  The weighted-average remaining contractual
          life at December 31, 1998 for all plans is 5.2 years.

          The Company has elected to measure compensation cost using the
          intrinsic value method of accounting.   Accordingly, no
          compensation cost has been recognized related to stock option and
          stock purchase plans because grants are at 100% of fair market
          value on the grant date. If the fair-value based method of
          accounting had been applied to stock option grants in the most
          recent three years, the Company's net income and basic net income
          per share would have been reduced as summarized below:
          <TABLE>
          <CAPTION>
          <S>                            <C>       <C>      <C>   
                                          1998       1997     1996
                                        ------    -------  -------
               Net income:
                As reported            $ 6,700    $44,400  $16,400
                Pro forma                5,700     43,200   15,700
               Net income per share:
                As reported            $   .41    $  2.69  $  1.00
                Pro forma                  .35       2.62      .96
          </TABLE>

          The following assumptions were used to compute the fair value of
          the option grants in 1998, 1997 and 1996 using the Black-Scholes
          option-pricing model: a risk-free interest rate of 5.75%, 6.15%

                                          32


          and 5.87%, respectively, stock volatility of 22.4%, 22.2% and
          25.7%, respectively; dividend yield of 2% for all years; and
          expected option lives of three years for the long-term plan and
          two years for the non-employee directors plan. 

          Commitments and Contingencies
          ------------------------------
          The Company announced on December 22, 1998, a definitive
          agreement to acquire the assets of the Clinical Services Division
          of Collaborative Clinical Research, Inc. for $15,000, subject to
          post-closing adjustments.

          At December 31, 1998, the Company was obligated under various
          operating lease agreements with terms ranging from one month to
          20 years. Rental expense in 1998, 1997 and 1996 was $7,300,
          $7,600 and $7,900, respectively. Minimum rentals for
          noncancelable operating leases with initial or remaining terms in
          excess of one year are: 1999--$7,600; 2000--$6,700; 2001--$6,500;
          2002--$6,000; 2003--$6,100 and thereafter $46,200.  Minimum
          operating lease payments have been reduced by related minimum
          sublease income.

               At December 31, 1998, outstanding contractual commitments
          for the purchase of equipment and raw materials amounted to
          $13,800, all of which is due to be paid in 1999.  

               The Company has accrued the estimated cost of environmental
          compliance expenses related to soil or groundwater contamination
          at current and former manufacturing facilities.  The ultimate
          cost to be incurred by the Company and the timing of such
          payments cannot be fully determined.  However, based on
          consultants' estimates of the costs of remediation in accordance
          with applicable regulatory requirements, the Company believes the
          accrued liability of $1,300 at December 31, 1998, is sufficient
          to cover the future costs of these remedial actions, which will
          be carried out over the next several years.  The Company has not
          anticipated any possible recovery from insurance or other
          sources.

          Segment Information
          --------------------
          The Company adopted Financial Accounting Standards No. 131,
          "Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related
          Information" at December 31, 1998.  Prior years' data on segment
          and geographic information has been restated.  West
          Pharmaceutical Services, Inc. serves the healthcare and consumer
          products industries through design, manufacture and sales of
          stoppers, closures, medical device components and assemblies made
          from elastomers, metal and plastics.  This segment is referred to
          as Device Product Development and it consists of four regional
          business units that manufacture and sell these products to
          customers mainly in their respective regions.  The Company also
          provides contract services to healthcare and consumer companies
          consisting of manufacture and/or packaging of drugs and personal
          care items and laboratory testing.  This segment is referred to
          as Contract Services and consists of two business units. 
          Finally, the Company is engaged in research and development of
          drug delivery systems for bio-pharmaceutical and other drugs to

                                          33


          improve their therapeutic performance and/or the method of
          administration.  This segment, consisting of two business units,
          is referred to as Drug Delivery Research and Development.

          The Company's executive management evaluates performance of these
          segments based on operating profit, and allocates resources to
          them based on the assessment for market growth and profitability. 
          Operating profit is income before interest expense, income taxes,
          minority interests and equity in affiliates.  Corporate expenses,
          including global functional management costs, and unusual items
          (restructuring charges in 1998 and 1996 and the 1998 acquired
          research and development charge) are not allocated to segments. 
          The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those
          reported in the Summary of Significant Accounting Policies on
          page 22.  Total net sales generated from the Device Product
          Development segment include sales to one customer of
          approximately $53,200, $50,500 and $48,300 in 1998, 1997 and
          1996, respectively.

          Summarized financial information concerning the Company's
          segments is shown in the following table.  The consolidated total
          of operating profit corresponds to operating profit in the
          accompanying Consolidated Statements of Income.


                                         34


          <TABLE>
          <CAPTION>
          <S>                      <C>         <C>       <C>          
                                    Device              Drug delivery  Corporate and 
                                   product    Contract   research and    unallocated   Consolidated
                               development    services    development          items          total
                               -----------    --------    -----------   ------------  -------------
          1998
          -----
          Net sales               $365,600     $82,600         $1,500      $      -        $449,700
          Interest income            1,600         100              -          1,000          2,700
          Operating profit          83,800       9,700         (5,300)       (53,200)        35,000
          Segment assets           337,300      80,500         13,400         74,400        505,600
          Capital expenditures      31,500       6,700          1,400          2,200         41,800
          Depreciation and
           amortization expense     24,000       4,400          1,300          2,600         32,300

          1997
          -----
          Net sales               $371,900     $80,600         $    -       $      -       $452,500
          Interest income            1,300         100              -            600          2,000
          Operating profit          85,300       3,800         (3,200)       (22,900)        63,000
          Segment assets           324,200      73,300          2,800         77,600        477,900
          Capital expenditures      25,200       4,300          1,200          3,700         34,400
          Depreciation and
           amortization expense     24,500       4,400            200          2,800         31,900

          1996
          -----
          Net sales               $387,300     $71,500         $    -        $     -       $458,800
          Interest income              900           -              -            400          1,300
          Operating profit          83,700        (700)        (2,300)       (48,000)        32,700
          Segment assets           344,200      77,600          2,000         53,600        477,400
          Capital expenditures      25,500       4,500            400          1,300         31,700
          Depreciation and
           amortization expense     24,300       3,700            200          2,500         30,700

          The following table presents sales by country in which the
          legal subsidiary is domiciled  and assets are located.





                                                      35



                                                   Sales                     Long lived assets     
                                    --------------------------------------------------------------------
                                         1998       1997       1996       1998      1997      1996
                                         ----       ----       ----       ----      ----      ----
          United States              $282,300   $293,200   $283,900   $135,400  $127,700  $125,400
          Germany                      50,000     51,800     59,500     29,100    26,200    30,600
          Other European countries     85,400     71,300     76,700     50,800    35,500    38,700
          Other                        32,000     36,200     38,700     17,300    17,100    20,200
                                      -------    -------    -------    -------   -------   -------
                                     $449,700   $452,500   $458,800   $232,600  $206,500  $214,900
                                      -------    -------    -------    -------   -------   -------
          </TABLE>


















                                                      36



          QUARTERLY OPERATING AND PER SHARE DATA (UNAUDITED)
          WEST PHARMACEUTICAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
          (in thousands of dollars, except per share data)
          <TABLE>
          <CAPTION>
          <S>                              <C>       <C>        <C>          <C>      <C>     
                                                                             Net income (loss)
                                                                   Net               per share
                                           Net       Gross      income                Assuming
          Quarter ended                  sales      profit      (loss)       Basic    dilution
                      -------------------------------------------------------------------------
          March 31, 1998(1)            $105,200    $ 31,300   $(19,700)     $(1.19)     $(1.19)
          June 30, 1998                115,800      34,800      9,900         .58         .58 
          September 30, 1998(2)         113,900      33,400      6,500         .38         .38 
          December 31, 1998            114,800      35,700     10,000         .66         .66 
                                      --------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------
                                      $449,700    $135,200   $  6,700      $  .41       $ .40 
                                      --------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------
          March 31, 1997              $114,700    $ 32,700   $  8,400      $  .51       $ .51 
          June 30, 1997                123,100      36,300     10,100         .61         .61 
          September 30, 1997(3)         105,200      29,200     17,300        1.05        1.05 
          December 31, 1997(3)          109,500      33,900      8,600         .52         .51 
                                      --------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------
                                      $452,500    $132,100   $ 44,400      $ 2.69       $2.68      
                                      --------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------
          </TABLE>

          (1) First quarter 1998 results include a charge for acquired
          research and development.  See Note "Acquisitions and
          Investments" on page 23.

          (2) Third quarter 1998 results include a charge related to
          staff reductions.  See Note "Restructuring Charges" on 
          page 23.

          (3)  Third quarter 1997 results include net tax benefits
          related mainly to the legal reorganization of subsidiaries
          located in Germany; fourth quarter 1997 results include 
          adjustment to these net tax benefits related to changes
          in the tax law and a tax audit.  See Note "Income Taxes"
          on page 24.


                                                      37


          <PAGE>
          REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

          TO THE SHAREHOLDERS AND THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF
          WEST PHARMACEUTICAL SERVICES, INC.:

               In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets
          and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive
          income, shareholders' equity and cash flows present fairly, in
          all material respects, the financial position of West
          Pharmaceutical Services, Inc. and its subsidiaries at December
          31, 1998 and 1997, and the results of their operations and their
          cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended
          December 31, 1998, in conformity with generally accepted
          accounting principles.  These financial statements are the
          responsibility of the Company's management; our responsibility is
          to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our
          audits.  We conducted our audits in accordance with generally
          accepted auditing standards which require that we plan and
          perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether
          the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An
          audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
          the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements,
          assessing the accounting principles used and significant
          estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall
          financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits
          provide a reasonable basis for the opinion expressed above.


          PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

          Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
          February 26, 1999




                                    38




          REPORT OF MANAGEMENT

          The Company's management is responsible for the integrity,
          reliability and objectivity of publicly reported financial
          information.  Management believes that the financial statements
          as of and for the year ended December 31, 1998, have been
          prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting
          principles and that information presented in this Annual Report
          is consistent with those statements.  In preparing the financial
          statements, management makes informed judgments and estimates
          where necessary, with appropriate consideration given to
          materiality.

               In meeting its responsibility for preparing financial
          statements, management maintains a system of internal accounting
          controls to assure the safety of its assets against unauthorized
          acquisition, use or disposition.  This system is designed to
          provide reasonable assurance that assets are safeguarded and
          transactions are executed in accordance with management's
          authorization and recorded properly, allowing for preparation of
          reliable financial statements.  There are inherent limitations in
          the effectiveness of all internal control systems.  The design of
          the Company's system recognizes that errors or irregularities may
          occur and that estimates and judgments are required to assess the
          relative cost and expected benefits of the controls.  Management
          believes that the Company's accounting controls provide
          reasonable assurance that errors or irregularities that could be
          material to the financial statements are prevented or would be
          detected within a timely period.

               The independent accountants are appointed by the Board of
          Directors, with the approval of the shareholders.  As part of
          their engagement, the independent accountants audit the Company's
          financial statements, express their opinion thereon, and review
          and evaluate selected systems, accounting procedures and internal
          controls to the extent they consider necessary to support their
          report.

           /s/ William G. Little
          --------------------------------------------
          William G. Little
          Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

          /s/ Steven A. Ellers
          ---------------------------------------------
          Steven A. Ellers
          Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer












                                          39


     <PAGE>TEN-YEAR SUMMARY
     WEST PHARMACEUTICAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
     (in thousands, except per share data)
     <TABLE>
     <CAPTION>
     <S>                                                                     <C>          <C>       <C> 
                                                                           1998          1997       1996
                                                                  --------------------------------------
     SUMMARY OF OPERATIONS
     Net sales                                                        $ 449,700       452,500    458,800
     Operating profit (loss)                                          $  35,000        63,000     32,700
     Income (loss) before income taxes and minority interests         $  27,800        57,400     25,800
     Provision for income taxes                                       $  21,200        13,300     10,800
     Minority interests                                               $     100           200        100
                                                                  --------------------------------------
     Income (loss) from consolidated operations                       $   6,500        43,900     14,900
     Equity in net income of affiliated companies                     $     200           500      1,500
                                                                  --------------------------------------
     Income (loss)before change in accounting method                  $   6,700        44,400     16,400
                                                                  --------------------------------------
     Income (loss) before change in accounting method per share:
      Basic (a)                                                       $     .41          2.69       1.00
      Assuming dilution (b)                                           $     .40          2.68        .99
     Average common shares outstanding                                   16,435        16,475     16,418
     Average shares, assuming dilution                                   16,504        16,572     16,500
     Dividends paid per common share                                  $     .61           .57        .53
                                                                  --------------------------------------
     Research, development and engineering expenses                   $  14,500        12,000     11,200 
     Capital expenditures                                             $  41,800        34,400     31,700
                                                                  --------------------------------------
     YEAR-END FINANCIAL POSITION
     Working capital                                                  $  55,500       112,700     91,100
     Total assets                                                     $ 505,600       477,900    477,400
     Total invested capital:
      Total debt                                                      $ 141,100        89,000     98,400
      Minority interests                                              $     600           400        300
      Shareholders' equity                                            $ 230,100       277,700    252,000
                                                                  --------------------------------------
     Total                                                            $ 371,800       367,100    350,700
                                                                  --------------------------------------
     PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENTS
     Gross margin (c)                                                %     30.1          29.2       27.5
     Operating profitability (d)                                     %      7.8          13.9        7.1

                                                      40


     Tax rate                                                        %     76.1          23.2       41.8
     Asset turnover ratio (e)                                               .91           .95        .96
     Return on average shareholders' equity                          %      2.6          16.7        6.5
     Total debt as a percentage of total invested capital            %     37.9          24.2       28.1
                                                                  --------------------------------------
     Shareholders' equity per share                                  $    15.31         16.76      15.39
     Stock price range                                               $3511/16-25       351/16-27   30-22 
                                                                  --------------------------------------
     </TABLE>
     (a) Based on average common shares outstanding.
     (b) Based on average shares, assuming dilution.
     (c) Net sales minus cost of goods sold, including applicable 
         depreciation and amortization, divided by net sales.
     (d) Operating profit (loss) divided by net sales.
     (e) Net sales divided by average total assets; 1993 asset
         turnover ratio is based on 12 months' sales for 
         international subsidiaries.

     1998 includes a charge for acquired research and development
      and a restructuring charge that reduced operating
      results by $1.72 per share and $.15 per share, respectively,
      and 1998 includes for the first time the results of two 
      companies acquired in 1998.
     1997 includes the net tax benefit mainly from a German tax
      reorganization which increased net income per share by $.48.    
     1996 includes a restructuring charge that reduced 
      operating results by $.91 per share.
     1995 includes for the first time the net operating results of 
      Paco from May 1.
     1994 includes for the first time the results of two companies 
      in which majority ownership was acquired in 1994.
     1993 includes 13 months of operating results for international
      subsidiaries.
     Beginning in 1992 the Company's ownership interest in glass
      manufacturing operating results is reported as equity in net 
      income of affiliates.  Prior to the 1992 sale of a majority 
      interest in such operation, operating results were fully 
      consolidated.
     1991 includes a restructuring charge that reduced operating
      results by $1.37 per share.
     1990 includes a restructuring charge that reduced operating
      results by $.45 per share, and 1990 included for the first
      time the results of two companies in which controlling 

                                                      41


      ownership was acquired in 1989.

     <PAGE>
     TEN YEAR SUMMARY
     WEST PHARMACEUTICAL SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
     (in thousands, except per share data)
     <TABLE>
     <CAPTION>
              <C>          <C>           <C>       <C>        <C>            <C>          <C>  
               1995         1994        1993       1992       1991           1990          1989
           -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

            412,900      365,100     348,700    337,500    328,900        323,200       308,700
             49,800       45,400      40,600     38,700     (1,600)        15,600        38,700
             42,500       42,100      37,500     34,800     (7,700)         9,600        34,400
             13,900       13,400      14,300     14,300      4,700          6,400        13,200
                800        1,900       1,700      1,700     (2,400)           300         2,100
           -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
             27,800       26,800      21,500     18,800    (10,000)         2,900        19,100
                900          500       1,000        900      1,500          1,400         1,600
           -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
             28,700       27,300      22,500     19,700     (8,500)         4,300        20,700
           -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
               1.73         1.70        1.42       1.26       (.55)           .27          1.28
               1.71         1.69        1.41       1.25       (.55)           .27          1.27
             16,557       16,054      15,838     15,641     15,527         15,793        16,235
             16,718       16,215      16,010     15,776     15,527         15,816        16,301
                .49          .45         .41        .40        .40            .40           .31
           -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
             12,000       12,000      11,400     11,100     10,800         10,900        11,900
             31,300       27,100      33,500     22,400     25,600         33,200        34,300
           -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

             86,600       50,400      46,400     37,700     26,500         36,500        50,400
            480,100      397,400     309,200    304,400    313,200        343,500       313,000
            114,300       57,800      32,300     42,000     58,400         78,500        58,100
                200        1,900      10,900     10,100      8,400         11,700         9,100
            254,100      227,300     188,100    168,600    152,600        176,100       179,700
           -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
            368,600      287,000     231,300    220,700    219,400        266,300       246,900
           -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                                      42

               28.6         32.1        30.2       28.8       25.6           24.4          26.5
               12.1         12.4        11.7       11.5        (.5)           4.8          12.5
               32.8         31.8        38.2       41.1       61.7           66.5          38.5
                .94         1.04        1.11       1.10       1.00            .98          1.01
               11.9         13.2        13.2       12.3       (8.9)           2.4          11.8
               31.0         20.1        14.0       19.1       26.6           29.5          23.5 
            -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
              15.29        13.81       11.82      10.71       9.81          11.37         11.15
           305/8-225/8  291/8-211/4  251/4-197/8  241/8-163/4  183/4-111/8 20-101/2 225/8 -147/8 
            -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     </TABLE>  


                                                      44







                                                                  Exhibit 21

                                          SUBSIDIARIES OF THE COMPANY


          <TABLE>
          <CAPTION>
          <S>                                                     <C>                    <C>
                                                                  State/Jurisdiction     Direct
                                                                  Incorporation          Stock
                                                                  of Ownership 

          West Pharmaceutical Services, Inc.                      Pennsylvania           Parent Co.
               The West Company of Michigan, Inc.                 Michigan               100.0
              West Pharmaceutical Services Lakewood, Inc.         Delaware               100.0
                Paco Packaging, Inc.                              Delaware               100.0
                Paco Technologies, Inc.                           Delaware               100.0
                Paco Laboratories, Inc.                           Delaware               100.0
                Charter Laboratories, Inc.                        Delaware               100.0
                West Pharmaceutical Services Canovanas, Inc.      Delaware               100.0
               Citation Plastics Co.                              New Jersey             100.0
                 West Pharmaceutical Services Vega Alta, Inc.     Delaware               100.0
               West Pharmaceutical Services of Florida, Inc.      Florida                100.0
               Senetics, Inc.                                     Colorado               100.0
               West International Sales Corporation               U.S. Virgin Islands    100.0
               West Pharmaceutical Services of Delaware, Inc.     Delaware               100.0 
                West Pharmaceutical Services Colombia S.A.        Colombia                52.1   (1)
                The West Company Holding GmbH                     Germany                100.0
                  The West Company (Custom & 
                  Specialty Services) GmbH                        Germany                100.0
                      The West Company Danmark A/S                Denmark                100.0
                      The West Company Italia S.R.L.              Italy                   95.0   (3)
                      West Pharmaceutical Services France S.A.    France                 99.99   (4)
                  The West Company Verwaltungs GmbH               Germany                100.0
                 The West Company Deutschland GmbH & Co KG        Germany                100.0
                    The West Company Hispania S.A.                Spain                  27.4    (5)
                    Pharma-Gummi Beograd                          Yugoslavia             84.7    (2)
                The West Company (Mauritius) Ltd.                 Mauritius              100.0
                  The West Company (India) Private Ltd.           India                  100.0


               <PAGE>


           West Pharmaceutical Services Group Limited             England                100.0
              West Pharmaceutical Services Drug Delivery 
             & Clinical Research Centre Ltd.                      England                100.0
               West Pharmaceutical Services Cornwall Ltd.         England                100.0
             Plasmec PLC                                          England                100.0
                 West Pharmaceutical Services Lewes Ltd.          England                100.0
           The West Company Argentina S.A.                        Argentina              100.0
             West Pharmaceutical Services Brasil Ltda.            Brasil                 100.0
             The West Company Venezuela C.A.                      Venezuela              100.0
             The West Company Singapore Pty. Ltd.                 Singapore              100.0
             West Pharmaceutical Services Australia Pty. Ltd.     Australia              100.0
             West Company Korea Ltd.                              Korea                  100.0



          (1)  In addition, 46.16 % is owned directly by West 
               Pharmaceutical Services, Inc.; 1.55% is held in 
               treasury by West Pharmaceutical Services Colombia S.A.
          (2)  Affiliated company accounted for on the cost basis.
          (3)  In addition, 5 % is owned directly by West Pharmaceutical
               Services, Inc.;
          (4)  In addition, .01% is owned directly by 9 
               Individual Shareholders.
          (5)  In addition, 54.7% is owned directly by West Pharmaceutical
               Services, Inc.; 17.9% is owned by one shareholder.
           </TABLE>







                                                                 Exhibit 23







                          CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS



          We consent to the incorporation by  reference in the registration
          statements   of   West    Pharmaceutical   Services,   Inc.   and
          subsidiaries, on  Form S-8  (Registration Nos.  2-95618, 2-45534,
          33-39506, 33-32580, 33-37825,  33-61074, 33-61076, 33-12287,  33-
          12289,  and 33-53817) of our  report dated February  26, 1999, on
          our  audits  of the  consolidated  financial  statements of  West
          Pharmaceutical Services, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31,
          1998 and 1997,  and for the years ended December  31, 1998, 1997,
          and 1996, which report  is incorporated in this Annual  Report on
          Form 10-K.


          ________________________________
          PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

          Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
          March 31, 1999







          <PAGE>                                                 Exhibit 24

                                  POWER OF ATTORNEY







               The  undersigned hereby  authorizes and appoints  William G.

          Little  and John  R.  Gailey  III,  and  each  of  them,  as  her

          attorneys-in-fact to sign on her behalf  and in her capacity as a

          director of West Pharmaceutical Services,  Inc., and to file, the

          Company's  Annual Report on Form  10-K for the  fiscal year ended

          December 31,  1998 and  all amendments, exhibits  and supplements

          thereto.







          Date:  March 6, 1999               /s/   Tenley E. Albright, M.D.
                 ---------------             ------------------------------
                                             Tenley E. Albright, M.D. 





          <PAGE>

                                  POWER OF ATTORNEY







                 The undersigned hereby authorizes and appoints William  G.

          Little  and John  R.  Gailey  III,  and  each  of  them,  as  his

          attorneys-in-fact to sign on his behalf  and in his capacity as a

          director of West Pharmaceutical Services,  Inc., and to file, the

          Company's  Annual Report on Form  10-K for the  fiscal year ended

          December 31,  1998 and  all amendments, exhibits  and supplements

          thereto.







          Date:  March 6, 1999                     /s/   John W. Conway
                 --------------                    -------------------
                                                   John W. Conway





          <PAGE>

                                  POWER OF ATTORNEY







                 The undersigned hereby authorizes and appoints William  G.

          Little  and John  R.  Gailey  III,  and  each  of  them,  as  his

          attorneys-in-fact to sign on his behalf  and in his capacity as a

          director of West Pharmaceutical Services,  Inc., and to file, the

          Company's  Annual Report on Form  10-K for the  fiscal year ended

          December 31,  1998 and  all amendments, exhibits  and supplements

          thereto.







          Date:  March 6, 1999                     /s/   G. W. Ebright
                 --------------                    -------------------
                                                   George W. Ebright





          <PAGE>

                                  POWER OF ATTORNEY
                                 -------------------







                 The undersigned hereby authorizes  and appoints William G.

          Little  and  John  R. Gailey  III,  and  each  of  them,  as  his

          attorneys-in-fact to sign on his behalf and in  his capacity as a

          director of West Pharmaceutical Services, Inc., and  to file, the

          Company's  Annual Report on Form  10-K for the  fiscal year ended

          December 31,  1998 and  all amendments, exhibits  and supplements

          thereto.







          Date:  March 6, 1999                     /s/   L. Robert Johnson
                 --------------                    -----------------------
                                                   L. Robert Johnson





          <PAGE>

                                  POWER OF ATTORNEY
                                ----------------------







                 The undersigned hereby authorizes  and appoints William G.

          Little  and  John  R. Gailey  III,  and  each  of  them,  as  his

          attorneys-in-fact to sign on his behalf and in  his capacity as a

          director of West Pharmaceutical Services, Inc., and  to file, the

          Company's  Annual Report on Form  10-K for the  fiscal year ended

          December 31,  1998 and  all amendments, exhibits  and supplements

          thereto.







          Date:  March 6, 1999               /s/   William H. Longfield
                 --------------              ------------------------------
                                             William H. Longfield 





          <PAGE>

                                  POWER OF ATTORNEY
                                ---------------------







                 The undersigned hereby authorizes  and appoints William G.

          Little  and  John  R. Gailey  III,  and  each  of  them,  as  his

          attorneys-in-fact to sign on his behalf and in  his capacity as a

          director of West Pharmaceutical Services, Inc., and  to file, the

          Company's  Annual Report on Form  10-K for the  fiscal year ended

          December 31,  1998 and  all amendments, exhibits  and supplements

          thereto.







          Date:  March 6, 1999                     /s/   J. P. Neafsey
                 --------------                    --------------------
                                                   John P. Neafsey





          <PAGE>

                                  POWER OF ATTORNEY
                                ----------------------






                 The undersigned hereby authorizes and appoints William  G.

          Little  and John  R.  Gailey  III,  and  each  of  them,  as  his

          attorneys-in-fact to sign on his behalf  and in his capacity as a

          director of West Pharmaceutical Services,  Inc., and to file, the

          Company's  Annual Report on Form  10-K for the  fiscal year ended

          December 31,  1998 and  all amendments, exhibits  and supplements

          thereto.







          Date:  March 6, 1999                     /s/   Anthony Welters
                 --------------                    --------------------
                                                   Anthony Welters





          <PAGE>

                                  POWER OF ATTORNEY
                               ------------------------






                 The undersigned hereby authorizes and appoints William  G.

          Little  and John  R.  Gailey  III,  and  each  of  them,  as  his

          attorneys-in-fact to sign on his behalf  and in his capacity as a

          director of West Pharmaceutical Services,  Inc., and to file, the

          Company's  Annual Report on Form  10-K for the  fiscal year ended

          December 31,  1998 and  all amendments, exhibits  and supplements

          thereto.







          Date:  March 6, 1999                     /s/   J. Roffe Wike, II
                 --------------                    --------------------
                                                   J. Roffe Wike, II





          <PAGE>

                                  POWER OF ATTORNEY
                                ---------------------






                 The undersigned hereby authorizes and appoints William  G.

          Little  and John  R.  Gailey  III,  and  each  of  them,  as  his

          attorneys-in-fact to sign on his behalf  and in his capacity as a

          director of West Pharmaceutical Services,  Inc., and to file, the

          Company's  Annual Report on Form  10-K for the  fiscal year ended

          December 31,  1998 and  all amendments, exhibits  and supplements

          thereto.







          Date:  March 6, 1999               /s/   Geoffrey F. Worden
                 -------------               ----------------
                                             Geoffrey F. Worden

<TABLE> <S> <C>

          <ARTICLE> 5
                 
          <S>                             <C>
          <PERIOD-TYPE>                   12-MOS
          <FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1998
          <PERIOD-END>                               DEC-31-1998
          <CASH>                                          31,300
          <SECURITIES>                                         0
          <RECEIVABLES>                                   64,400
          <ALLOWANCES>                                         0
          <INVENTORY>                                     43,500
          <CURRENT-ASSETS>                                20,500
          <PP&E>                                         472,200
          <DEPRECIATION>                                 251,900
          <TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 505,600
          <CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                          104,200
          <BONDS>                                        105,000
                                          0
                                                    0
          <COMMON>                                         4,300
          <OTHER-SE>                                     225,800
          <TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   505,600
          <SALES>                                        449,700
          <TOTAL-REVENUES>                               449,700
          <CGS>                                          314,500
          <TOTAL-COSTS>                                  314,500
          <OTHER-EXPENSES>                               (2,500)
          <LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
          <INTEREST-EXPENSE>                               7,200
          <INCOME-PRETAX>                                 27,800
          <INCOME-TAX>                                    21,200
          <INCOME-CONTINUING>                              6,700
          <DISCONTINUED>                                       0
          <EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
          <CHANGES>                                            0
          <NET-INCOME>                                     6,700
          <EPS-PRIMARY>                                      .40
          <EPS-DILUTED>                                      .41
                  

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission